Quarterlytics / Gattaca plc

Gattaca plc

gatc · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker gatc
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Gattaca plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
G

a

t

t

a

c

a

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0

Gattaca plc  
Annual Report  
and Accounts 
2020

Delivering 
the skills  
to restart

 
 
 
 
 
 
Gattaca plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

We exist to  
connect people 
and create valuable 
opportunities  
between them

By providing recruitment solutions and  
support to clients in our chosen markets  
and to candidates with engineering  
and technology skills, we help to  
unleash potential in people,  
projects and companies.

Contents

Overview

1  

Highlights

2   At a Glance

4  Market Overview

6   Chairman’s Statement

8  

Investment Case

For further information go to:  
www.gattacaplc.com/investors

Strategic Report

12    Chief Executive  
Officer’s Review

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

56   Chairman’s Introduction 

86   Independent Auditors’ 

to Governance

Report

16   The Improvement Plan

58  Board of Directors

92   Consolidated Income 

20  Our Business Model

60   Corporate Governance 

Statement

22    Our Business Model  

Statement

93   Consolidated Statement 

in Action

65  Directors’ Report

24  Operating Review

68   Audit Committee 

26   Key Performance 

Report

Indicators

73   Nominations Committee 

Report

76   Remuneration 

Committee Report

28   Chief Financial  
Officer’s Report

34   Responsible Business 

44  Risk Management

48   Principal Risks  

and Uncertainties

of Comprehensive 
Income

94   Consolidated and 

Company Statements  
of Changes in Equity

96   Consolidated and 

Company Statements 
of Financial Position

97   Consolidated and 

Company Cash Flow 
Statements

98   Notes Forming Part of 

the Financial Statements

Overview 
Highlights

01

Operational highlights

Financial highlights

•  Against the backdrop of the 

REVENUE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

COVID-19 pandemic and periods 

of lockdown around the world, 

the Group quickly responded to 

ensure that operations continued 

seamlessly. Whilst contractor and 

permanent placement numbers 

have temporarily fallen, the Group 

continues to prove it is a resilient 

and substantial business that can 

operate at scale

•  Delivering the skills to restart – 

we supported clients to ensure 

continuity of candidate supply 

which kept the essential services 

£538.7m

2020 

(2019 restated1: £634.3m)

2019 restated

NET FEE INCOME2 (‘NFI’) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

£54.3m

2020 

(2019 restated1: £69.1m)

2019 restated

PROFIT BEFORE TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

£1.4m

2020 

2019 restated

running during lockdown and we 

(2019 restated1: £3.4m)

continue to see demand across 

science, technology, engineering 

and maths (‘STEM’) skills

CONTINUING UNDERLYING3 PROFIT BEFORE TAX

•  Ongoing success of our Gattaca 

Solutions business, continuing 

£4.6m

2020 

to provide core support 

to a number of our major 

clients through challenging 

circumstances this year

•  Significant action taken to 

improve liquidity, moving the 

Group from a net debt to a net 

cash position through strong 

working capital management

•  Acceleration of the Improvement 

Plan – despite the impact of 

the pandemic we maintained 

our focus on our Group-wide 

Improvement Plan, choosing 

to accelerate a number of 

planned changes focused around 

improving sales impact and 

client service and cost reduction

(2019 restated1: £11.7m)

2019 restated

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

-5.5p

(2019: -18.3p)

-5.5p

-18.3p

CONTINUING UNDERLYING3 BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

10.3p

2020 

(2019 restated1: 28.4p)

2019 restated

NET CASH/(DEBT)

£19.6m

(2019: -£24.8m)

-£24.8m

2019

2020 

£19.6m

 £538.7m

£634.3m

£54.3m

£69.1m

£1.4m

£3.4m

£4.6m

£11.7m

2020

2019

10.3p

 28.4p

1 

 2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of operations discontinued in 2020 as explained in Note 11 of the  
consolidated financial statements. 

2  Net fee income is equivalent to gross profit, being revenue less cost of sales. 

3 

 Underlying results are defined as total consolidated results less non-underlying items, amortisation and impairment of goodwill and 
acquired intangible assets, impairment of plant, property and equipment and right-of-use assets and foreign exchange differences.

Read our Chairman’s 
overview of the year 

 Page 6

See how our business 
responded through 
the COVID-19 
pandemic

 Pages 22 and 37

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements 
02 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

At a Glance

Gattaca is a 
leading provider 
of engineering 
and technology 
recruitment 
solutions

We aim to be the number one 
choice for outsourced solutions 
and specialist recruitment in our 
chosen markets.

11

O ffices

6

C o u ntries

6 6 5
P e o ple

GROUP CONTINUING 
NFI BY LOCATION

GROUP CONTINUING  
NFI BY SEGMENT

CONTRACT VS 
PERMANENT NFI SPLIT

£54.3m

£54.3m

73/27

Americas 

£5.3m  9.7%

UK Engineering   £39.8m   73.3%

Permanent  27%

Asia  

£0.0m  0.0%

UK Technology 

£8.0m  

14.7%

Contract 

73%

EMEA & UK  £49.0m  90.3%

International  

£6.5m  

12.0%

Overview 
At a Glance

Strategic Report

Financial statements

03

Our Services

Traditional staffing

Packaged campaigns

Market insight reporting

With 36 years’ experience of 
finding flexible and permanent 
talent, the Group consists of a 
number of specialist recruitment 
brands including an engineering 
recruitment specialist (Matchtech) 
and a technology recruitment 
specialist (Networkers).

For critical recruitment drives, 
our premium service combines 
campaign management, regular 
insight and reporting, and 
dedicated sourcing support to meet 
our clients’ demands. This means 
we take ownership of finding the 
people our clients need whilst they 
focus on their core priorities.

Our bespoke market insight reports 
help our clients understand the 
demographics, pay, experience, 
diversity and availability of the 
candidate markets they are looking 
at. We offer a range of services 
depending on the depth of insights 
our clients need.

Matchtech is 
an engineering 
recruitment specialist. 

Networkers is 
a technology 
recruitment specialist. 

Resourcing Solutions 
is a rail engineering 
recruitment specialist. 

Barclay Meade is a 
professional services 
recruitment specialist.

Alderwood is a 
STEM skills training 
recruitment specialist.

Workforce solutions

Engineering &  
technology projects

Talent attraction &  
employer branding 

Gattaca Projects provides 
professional and expert outcome-
based engineering and technology 
support solutions.

We help our clients attract, engage 
and retain talent by unlocking 
the potential of their employer 
brands. We provide a full employer 
branding agency service with 
a unique difference; we know 
candidate attraction inside out, 
especially in skill short markets. 

We deliver total solutions to improve 
the quality, compliance and experience 
of our clients’ hiring processes, for 
both their flexible and permanent 
workforces. Utilising the Group’s 36 
years of experience in the STEM skill 
market, we create innovative solutions 
to enhance our clients’ workforce 
strategies, covering compliance, 
visibility, cost savings, quality and 
process efficiency. Our solutions are 
perfectly tailored to companies with 
demand from the engineering and 
technology skills sectors.

Gattaca Solutions provides flexible,  
permanent and total workforce solutions.

Gattaca Projects provides professional, expert outsourced 
engineering and technology support solutions, working 
from our UK offices and from client sites.

Governance04 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Market Overview

Understanding 
the trends and 
opportunities

COVID-19 has impacted demand in many of 
our markets. It is clear that some, such as 
Infrastructure and Technology, will see rapid 
recovery and indeed growth and therefore 
we have increased our focus on those areas. 
Others, such as Mobility will be slower to 
recover and for these we will seek to sustain 
our strong market position. 

The global staffing market
The global staffing market has shown early signs of a 
rebound after a challenging 2020; within this some areas 
have been impacted more than others, with the market 
dynamics changed.

As in previous recessions, contract labour demand is 
expected to increase as companies opt for flexibility 
whilst they assess their medium and long-term work 
pipelines. This plays to one of our core strengths, given 
our 73% contract focus. Permanent recruitment, which 
was heavily impacted globally, has begun to rebound 
but many companies are reporting a longer time to hire, 
with more hesitance around hiring. There has also been 
an increase in offer refusals as candidates show less 
commitment to moving organisations. 

In the short term, the highly fragmented staffing market 
will consolidate as many companies shrink or fail to 
survive. However, in the medium term we expect to see 
further fragmentation as some redundant perm recruiters 
opt to set up their own organisations.

Overview 
Market 
Overview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial statements

05

Our Markets

Infrastructure

•  Highways,  

Traffic & Planning

•  Buildings &  

Construction 

•  Rail 
•  Water, Fibre & Utilities

Defence

•  Air 
•  Land 
•  Sea 
•  Communications

Technology,  
Media & Telecoms

•  Technology 
•  Media & Broadcasting
•  Telecommunications

Energy

Life Sciences

•  Renewables 
•  Oil & Gas
•  Transmission  
& Distribution

•  Pharmaceutical 
•  Medical

Consumer  
& Logistics

•  Logistics 
•  eCommerce

Public Sector

•  Central 

Government 

•  Local Government
•  NHS

Finance, Banking  
& Insurance

•  Banking 
• 
•  Fintech

Insurance 

•  Nuclear 
•  Mining & Extraction

Mobility

•  Aerospace
•  Automotive
•  Maritime & Shipping

For clients, the pressures of 
COVID-19 have highlighted 
the importance of ease of 
visibility, communication, cost 
control, compliance and digital 
infrastructure, and this will 
encourage more clients towards 
Managed Service Provider 
(‘MSP’) for contract labour and 
Recruitment Process Outsourcing 
(‘RPO’) for permanent hiring 
services. Company Boards needing 
a simple, consolidated view of 
their extended workforce and the 
ability to control this with ease, is 
especially relevant for contract MSP. 
In addition, many organisations 
have been forced to downsize or 
close their in-house recruitment 
function, with recruitment levels 
having all but stopped for many 
companies. Rather than invest 
again without confidence in the 
stability of demand, companies 
will seek to engage with a flexible 
partner model, one able to ramp 
up and down with demand that can 
also provide the services of a fully 
outsourced programme.

Engineering and  
technology talent
Labour markets globally have seen 
a huge increase in unemployment 
with large volumes of people 
being released. However within 
the STEM skills market there has 
been a drop in demand whilst 
companies reassess operating 
processes, future workload and 
investment programmes. 

Companies are also accelerating 
their digitalisation strategies in the 
wake of mass working from home, 
which is resulting in an increase in 
IT investment. 

For a transient global candidate 
workforce, the limitations around 
mobility have meant less movement 
across borders by engineering and 
technology candidates. However, 
as companies begin to utilise 
the benefits of remote working, 
candidate availability for companies 
outside traditional ‘hub’ locations 
will result in a larger volume of 
opportunities to our already in-
demand candidates and clients able 
to access a wider pool of talent.

United Kingdom
In the UK, changes to the IR35 
legislation, which created some 
challenges in the UK contract 
staffing sector in the early part 
of our year, have been delayed 
and are now due to be launched 
in April 2021. This change in the 
private sector shifts the liability 
for assessment of tax status from 
a contractor’s personal service 
company to the client utilising 
the services. Companies have not 
necessarily used the time from the 
delay to better prepare themselves 
for the impending changes, 
however, the fact that many workers 
are now able to complete packaged 
assignments from a location of their 
choice means previously antiquated 
operating processes have changed. 

This could result in greater scope for 
some contractors to demonstrate 
their independence and where there 
is greater supply than demand, may 
mitigate the impact of the IR35 
changes in 2021.

There is still significant opportunity to 
grow our market share in the UK, as 
commitment to long-standing public-
funded programmes will continue 
to drive growth across many of 
our markets, such as Defence, 
Infrastructure, Utilities and Energy.

International
Our International locations have 
seen varying degrees of impact 
due to COVID-19. Countries with 
a higher STEM population and 
advanced digitalisation of business 
processes have shown greater 
resilience and quicker bounce back 
on demand. Much of our focus is 
around the Finance and Energy 
markets which have been impacted 
globally, but on the whole STEM 
demand has remained.

Decreased candidate mobility, 
as a result of travel restrictions, 
has meant that for some skills, 
such as blue collar and heavy 
engineering, there has been a shift 
in client requirements towards 
local candidates. In contrast, the 
increased capability of individuals 
to work remotely has increased the 
candidate catchment options for 
other white collar and technology 
skills, enabling us to tap into our 
wider talent pools for potential 
cross border assignments.

06 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Chairman’s Statement

Maintaining focus whilst 
demonstrating resilience  
in unprecedented  
times

G N FI

UIN

O

U P C

N TIN

£ 5 4.3 m
(2 019 restate d: £ 6 9.1 m )

O

G R

U E

G R E V E N

O

UIN

U P C

N TIN

£ 5 3 8.7 m
(2 019 restate d: £ 6 3 4.3 m )

O

G R

“ This year has been very different 
for everyone. Nothing could have 
prepared anyone for the scale of 
the COVID-19 pandemic.”

  Patrick Shanley
  Non-Executive Chairman

Overview 
Chairman’s Statement

07

This year has been very challenging, 
not just for Gattaca but for the UK in 
general. In early 2020 we saw some 
early softening in demand but the 
scale of the COVID-19 pandemic 
and subsequent lockdown in March 
was unprecedented. As with all 
great shocks to the system there 
are many true unsung heroes who 
keep the wheels turning. For us it 
was the numerous colleagues in our 
back office functions who enabled 
the entire business to work from 
home with only 48 hours’ notice 
and still ensure our contractors 
were paid on time. Meanwhile 
our sales teams were supporting 
clients and contractors whilst our 
marketing team focused on internal 
communications to the dispersed 
group. In addition, in solidarity with 
our furloughed colleagues, everyone, 
at all levels of the business, took a 
20% reduction in salary up until July. 
We truly have a strong family culture 
and the Board wish to express our 
gratitude to all the family at Gattaca.

Overview
We have maintained focus on 
the continuation of the Group-
wide Improvement Plan that we 
discussed last year, and indeed 
have accelerated its implementation 
over the past 12 months. We are 
determined to make sure the 
business has the foundations to 
operate well in the coming years, 
with improved sales management 
and the reinforcement of a 
performance culture. Whilst to 
some extent the progress we 
have made in the business has 
been masked by the impact of the 
pandemic, the improvements we 
have implemented leave us well 
placed to exploit the upside when 
the economy improves.

A consequence of both the 
acceleration of the Improvement 
Plan and the impact of the 
pandemic on many of our clients 
has regrettably been the loss of a 
number of jobs across the Group. At 
this stage, we are clear that, so long 
as the pandemic is around, we will 
need to keep a clear focus on costs 

and to that end we have reduced 
annualised costs by a further £4m 
going forward. In addition, we took 
the decision during the year to exit 
our operations in China. We had 
been very explicit when we decided 
to retain the overseas operations 
that they needed to continue to 
create value – our Chinese business 
could not reach the levels of 
profitability which we demanded.

Our focus to reduce net debt 
has been hugely successful. We 
ended the year with adjusted net 
cash (excluding lease liabilities) 
of £27.3m, an improvement of 
£52.1m over the previous year. Part 
of that improvement is the result 
of our ability to access £13.8m 
of non-recourse debt financing 
and a further £10.3m in deferred 
payments to the UK Government in 
the form of delayed VAT payments, 
which become repayable at the 
end of March 2021. Irrespective of 
these one-offs we have been able 
to reduce debt by £11.1m through 
improved control of working 
capital including the move of some 
contractors to four-weekly payment 
terms. We have significant liquidity 
of £58.5m at the year-end, being 
our cash resources and our undrawn 
invoice financing facility, and since 
year-end have repaid and cancelled 
our Revolving Credit Facility 
thereby removing all covenants 
going forward. Whilst recruitment 
businesses typically require 
increased working capital in times 
of growth, the change in contractor 
terms will offset some of this as 
trading improves with the recovery 
from the pandemic and we expect to 
maintain a strong net cash position.

Dividend
We are conscious that this will be 
the second year where the Board 
have not recommended a dividend. 
We feel that given the economic 
headwinds the UK is facing over 
the next six months it would not be 
prudent to do so at this time. We 
are however committed as a Board 
to restoring the dividend at the 
earliest opportunity.

Board
We would like to thank Richard 
Bradford who is stepping down as 
a Non-Executive Director at this 
year’s AGM after nine years’ service 
for his contribution to the Group. 
His wise counsel and knowledge of 
our industry will be sorely missed. 
We are proactively seeking his 
replacement which we are hopeful 
will start to address the diversity 
imbalance on the Board.

Outlook
Gattaca’s focus on in-demand STEM 
skills, in addition to the measures 
we have taken to strengthen the 
business, positions us well for the 
eventual, and inevitable, recovery in 
our core markets. Whilst we remain 
cautious as to the timeframe for the 
recovery, and the nascent second 
wave of the COVID-19 pandemic 
and the potential for an extended 
second lockdown in England adds 
further uncertainty to the near-term 
outlook, we are encouraged by the 
initial signs of improvement we have 
seen in the first few months of the 
new financial year, with increased 
numbers of contractors, from the 
low period of May, and some of 
our major clients seeking more 
permanent roles.

We have brought more staff back 
from furlough in anticipation of 
economic recovery and we will 
cautiously monitor activity over 
the coming months particularly 
given the recently announced 
second national lockdown. Whilst 
we expect the first six months to 
remain challenging, we are hopeful 
that the second half will see further 
improvement. We are confident 
that the changes we have made in 
the business leave us better placed 
to deal with whatever economic 
conditions we may face in the short 
term and to better benefit from the 
upside of the eventual recovery.

Patrick Shanley
Non-Executive Chairman

3 November 2020

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements08 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Investment Case

Our objective is to be the 
leading provider of specialist 
engineering and technology 
staffing solutions in our  
chosen markets

Defining arguments:

Market-leading solutions  
with a trusted reputation

Defined, long-term  
high-growth markets

Supporting evidence:

•  A leading provider of 

•  STEM skills are especially  

specialised and in-demand 
engineering and technology 
skills

•  Ability to deliver tailored 
solutions and products

•  Broad client base and  
long-term partnerships

•  Recently recognised with  

first time awards in:

 –   HRO Today ‘Bakers Dozen’ 
as one of the top RPO 
providers in the EMEA region

 –   TIARA Talent Solutions  

‘Best Candidate Experience’

in demand across geographies 
and end-markets, driven by 
growing importance of the 
digital economy and the 
forecast emergence from a 
global pandemic

•  Well-established and  
scalable UK business,  
with further growth and  
market share opportunity

•  Expertise and specialist focus 

being leveraged internationally, 
particularly in the Americas 
where there is growth 
opportunity

Overview 
Investment Case

09

An established, trusted partner 
providing innovative solutions with clear 
opportunities to scale in growth markets.

Deep expertise with  
revitalised leadership

Focused growth  
strategy

Resilient business  
model

•  Deep skill and market-based 
expertise within the business

•  A motivated management  

team that brings fresh 
perspective and drive to 
professionalise the business

•  Group-wide Improvement 

Plan in place and delivering 
accelerated performance

•  Transformation under way, 
professionalising market 
approach, with rigour and  
clear methodology being 
applied to sales

•  Cross-selling and focus 

•  Focused on STEM skills  

on growing share of client 
staffing spend provides 
growth opportunity

•  Integrated, Group-wide 

technology platform being 
implemented, maximising 
productivity and allowing  
cross-discipline working

•  Investing in organic growth  
in geographies with clear  
growth prospects

•  Growing and investing in  

Gattaca Solutions services  
which embed Gattaca  
within client operations  
and deliver incremental  
margin improvement

•  A more agile, scalable  
business being built

which will remain in-demand

•  Significantly strengthened 

and robust balance sheet and 
financial resilience

•  Progressively degearing

•  Contract-perm NFI split of  
73/27 continuing business 
provides more predictable  
and recurring revenues

•  A growing Gattaca Solutions 
business, further increasing 
quality of revenue

•  Core focus of the business  

is contract placements which 
provides resilience but the 
permanent placement market 
provides further growth 
opportunity

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements10 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Strategic Report

12 

16 

20 

22 

24 

26 

28  

34  

44 

48  

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

The Improvement Plan

Our Business Model

Our Business Model in Action

Operating Review

Key Performance Indicators

Chief Financial Officer’s Report

Responsible Business 

Risk Management

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

 £ 5 3 8.7 m
£ 6 3 4.3 m

N S

O

UIN

N TIN

G O P E R A TIO
2 0 19 restate d
2 0 2 0 
£ 5 3 8.7 m
(2 019 restate d: £ 6 3 4.3 m ))

U E F R

M  C

O

R E V E N

Page title11

12

Gattaca plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

Continued progress 
throughout the year

R E T A X

O FIT B E F O

G P R

D E R L YIN

N

G U

N TIN

UIN

£ 4.6 m
(2 019 restate d: £11.7 m )

O

C

This year’s highlights
•  We have navigated the pandemic, 
supporting our clients, candidates  
and people, proving ourselves to  
be a resilient business

  For further information  
  Page 22 and 37

•  Continued success of our Gattaca 

Solutions business, as it was recognised 
for the first time through industry awards

  For further information  
  Page 14

•  We accelerated the Improvement  
Plan, focussing our approach and 
reducing cost

  For further information  
  Page 16

•  We took decisive action to  

strengthen our balance sheet

  For further information  
  Page 32

 
 
 
 
Strategic Report
Chief Executive Officer’s Review

13

We are positioned well to support 
our clients with the critical STEM skills 
needed for recovery.

Introduction 
Gattaca continues to play a key role 
partnering with our clients across 
multiple sectors and geographies 
to deliver the engineering and 
technology talent they need as they 
work through the economic and 
business recovery. I am proud of 
the way our staff have responded 
to support clients, contractors 
and candidates without any 
interruption to operations. Our 
business is resilient and we continue 
to make good progress with the 
Improvement Plan.

As with most businesses across the 
globe our results for the year have 
been impacted by the COVID-19 
pandemic, Net Fee Income from 
continuing operations of £54.3m 
was 21% lower than prior year. 
Notwithstanding this, the Group 
delivered £4.6m of continuing 
underlying profit before tax, 
eliminated debt and is now in a 
strong net cash position. Whilst 
some of the improvement in our 
cash position was the result of an 
unwinding of working capital due 
to lower trading levels, a material 
element was driven by specific 
actions which have strengthened 
our balance sheet. We expect 
much of the improved position to 
be permanent, and as our business 
recovers we expect a lower rate of 
working capital requirement given 
the changes to our operating model.

Overall market 
During the first half of FY20,  
UK market conditions were 
particularly challenging driven  

by political uncertainty before the 
General Election, ongoing Brexit 
uncertainty and the proposed 
IR35 regulatory change. These 
external factors combined to slow 
investment decisions and client 
recruitment in both temporary  
and permanent markets. 

As one would expect, the outbreak 
of COVID-19 resulted in an 
immediate and major decline in 
client requirements in the second 
half of the year. Whilst companies 
continue to recruit during this 
period, volumes were significantly 
reduced in a relatively short time 
frame. Towards the end of the 
financial year we saw numbers 
stabilise and subsequently there 
have been early indications that 
activity and client confidence 
levels are increasing, prompting us 
to take the decision to bring staff 
back from furlough.

Many of the market sectors we 
support remained active during the 
initial lockdown period, in particular 
Infrastructure, Defence, Energy 
and Technology. Whilst we were 
impacted with reduced activity, our 
core focus on STEM skills and the 
contract market helped us deliver  
a resilient performance. 

Operational response to  
the COVID-19 situation
As the potential impact of the 
pandemic became apparent, our 
immediate priorities were to ensure 
our staff were able to work in a safe 
and stable environment; and to 
support our clients, contractors  
and candidates.

We commenced detailed planning 
and volume testing of our systems 
and processes in February and the 
entire Group was fully operational on 
a remote working basis by the end of 
the first week of the UK lockdown in 
March. We had fully remote working 
for several months and have since 
moved to a hybrid approach.

The lockdown necessitated the 
acceleration of many of our 
digitisation plans, achieving in 
weeks what may have otherwise 
taken months and we will retain the 
benefits of this in the years to come.

With no service interruptions, we 
ensured operational capability, and 
were able to fully deliver our part 
of the supply chain. We maintained 
existing contractor support where 
clients required this; delivered new 
skills to existing clients and began 
servicing new clients. We were  
able to tailor our business model  
to support our individual clients.

We took a number of actions 
to ensure the ongoing financial 
stability of the business, both 
in terms of cost mitigation and 
liquidity maximisation. 

The furlough scheme introduced  
by the UK Government was 
welcomed and enabled us to 
support employees and some 
contractors whose roles would 
otherwise have been at immediate 
risk. We moved early to work 
proactively with clients to offer 
furlough support to contractors 
where this was possible.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements14 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

Accelerating the Improvement 
Plan and cost reduction
Following my appointment, 
we launched the Group-wide 
Improvement Plan in order to build 
on the fundamental strengths of 
the business to deliver long term 
sustainable growth. 

The business was organised 
and united around delivering 
the Plan, focusing on our four 
strategic priorities:

•  Customer Focus – growing our 
customer base and deepening 
relationships 

•  Product and Innovation – 

innovating and developing 
products to meet customer 
needs

•  Service Delivery – enriching 

the customer experience and 
enhancing our service delivery 
capability

•  Operational Excellence – 
improving organisational 
alignment and performance

I am pleased to report good 
progress this year. Not only did we 
maintain the pace of change during 
the pandemic, we accelerated 
certain elements including client 
service and efficiency, leading to 
cost reduction and focused sales 
improvement. This was recognised 
externally after the year end as our 
Gattaca Solutions business was 
included in HRO Today’s ‘Bakers 
Dozen’ for being one of the top 
Recruitment Process Outsourcing 
(‘RPO’) providers, for the first 
time. This is significant to us as 
companies are placed on the list 
based solely on customer feedback, 
making it a highly credible accolade.

We have implemented a focused 
approach to how we target industry 
sectors and are aligning our talent 
more closely to our operating 
model across the Group which 
will enable us to improve our sales 
effectiveness. This has seen the 
Group working more closely with 
existing clients and accelerating 
new client relationships to better 
support them with solutions 
for their talent needs as well as 
achieving cost efficiencies across 
the Group. 

Internally the restructuring of the 
Technology business unit was 
completed during the year, and it 
has now started rebuilding for a 
recovery. Prior to COVID-19, the 
first green shoots of recovery were 
emerging in the business with NFI 
run rates flattening out after the 
decline of the last three years, 
providing evidence that the strategy 
is working for us. 

moving to delivering RPO solutions 
and exclusive recruitment projects, 
where we have considerable 
experience to draw upon from our 
UK operations. We see these more 
sustainable relationships as key 
to the long-term success of our 
International business. During the 
year, as previously announced we 
ceased operational activity in China 
as we prioritised other markets.

Notwithstanding the challenging 
economic environment, we 
maintained our planned systems 
investment. Our Primary Business 
System project maintained pace 
during the lockdown period and 
we have our first UK subsidiary live 
on the system, with the rest of the 
Group coming online before the 
end of the 2021 financial year. This 
investment will be transformational 
for ways of working and the level of 
business insight and understanding 
across the Group.

We also implemented a number 
of other technology applications 
during the year to improve 
our client, candidate and staff 
experience. We integrated a new 
digital platform for our Gattaca 
Solutions accounts that brings 
greater automation, increased  
flexibility and enables  
us to implement new  
solutions quicker. 

Our centralised Fulfilment operation 
was scaled during the year and the 
business was reorganised to form a 
core dedicated fulfilment capability 
across all our locations. This is 
enabling a more agile response to 
client and market needs.

The Gattaca Solutions business, 
which is fully aligned under our 
Fulfilment operation under the same 
senior management continued to 
perform strongly, out-performing 
our traditional staffing business in 
difficult markets.

Internationally, our size relative to 
the overall market for engineering 
and technology skills highlights the 
importance of defining and focusing 
on our specific niches. During the 
year, we worked to closer align 
our International operations with 
the rest of the business. This has 
enabled increased collaborative 
business development activities, 
resulting in quicker client acquisition 
as well as greater niche skill delivery 
capability across borders. As the 
business matures and it continues 
to leverage the experience we have 
within the Group, we have started 
to develop more meaningful long-
term relationships with some of  
our international customers by 

“The service that 
Matchtech provided 
was essential in ensuring 
we could get the people 
needed to ensure we could 
get the ventilators to the 
hospitals as quickly as possible.” 

 
Strategic Report
Chief Executive Officer’s Review

15

We continue to invest in tools to 
support our operations introducing 
new applications to support real 
time communication, collaboration, 
digital coaching and training and 
development to create an efficient 
and engaging digital workplace. 

In combination with the above 
actions aimed at driving agility and 
promoting growth throughout the 
Group, we also undertook measures 
to reduce costs in the business. 
Post period end we completed a 
restructuring which will achieve 
£4.0m in annualised cost reductions 
from November 2020.

People
During the year I was delighted to 
appoint Claire Cross as our new 
HR Director. Claire brings with 
her extensive industry experience 
and knowledge of our Group. 
Beyond her HR expertise, her 
background includes operational 

sales experience and she will be 
instrumental to our plans as we 
continue to grow and develop 
the organisation.

The pandemic has been unparalleled 
in terms of its impact on people 
both in their business and personal 
lives. I have been truly humbled by 
the way our Gattaca team has and 
continues to rise to the challenges 
we and our clients are navigating 
and I want to take this opportunity 
to thank them for their dedication, 
resilience and hard work.

Looking forward
Notwithstanding the obvious 
uncertainty in global markets, 
in the longer term there are 
significant opportunities in our 
chosen sectors. Prior to the 
COVID-19 pandemic the demand 
for STEM skills, our core focus, 
was growing significantly and, 
whilst we remain cautious as 

to the timeframe for economic 
recovery and the potential 
impact of an extended second 
lockdown in England, we have 
been encouraged by the signs 
of increased activity in our core 
markets in the first few months of 
the new financial year. With further 
benefits from our Improvement 
Plan to come, and our robust and 
covenant-free balance sheet, we 
are confident that Gattaca is well-
placed for the future. 

Kevin Freeguard
Chief Executive Officer

3 November 2020

Supplying essential ventilators  

In March 2020, medical device company Penlon proudly stepped up to make  
ventilators that were vitally needed to save lives during the pandemic. Historically, 
the UK did not manufacture a suitable critical care ventilator and established 
international providers were struggling to cope with their own domestic 
demand. Penlon responded to the UK Government’s ‘call to arms’ for  
support and joined a consortium of businesses to produce ventilators.  
In April 2020, the UK Government placed an order for 15,000 Penlon 
ESO 2 Emergency Ventilators.

In a matter of days, Penlon successfully transformed their 
company from a daytime batch production business to a 24/7 
operation, providing technical back-up to the consortium 
manufacturing sites and taking on the important role of 
testing and quality checking the ventilators before 
despatch to the NHS.

We quickly responded by establishing a 24-
hour support team that worked around 
the clock to provide Penlon with the 
contractors needed to test the 
ventilators as rapidly as possible 
to ensure the ventilators could 
reach hospitals throughout the 
UK. This entailed sourcing, 
screening and placing a 
workforce of contractors 
during the height of 
the UK lockdown.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
.

16 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Improvement Plan

The Improvement Plan

Aligned to our strategic pillars, the Improvement Plan, launched last year,  
was about taking the fundamental strengths of the business and evolving  
them to deliver long-term sustainable growth. 

The business was organised and united around delivering the Plan.  
We implemented four key workstreams in order to grow our customer  
base and deepen relationships, innovate and develop products  
to meet needs, enhance our service delivery capability and  
improve organisational alignment and performance. 

Sell to a market
Customer focus

Add value by product

Product & innovation

Strategic priority •  Growing the customer base, deepening customer relationships

•  Innovating and developing products to meet customer needs

What we said  
we would do

•  Create an aligned go to market plan with consistent execution

•  Enhance customer focused product offerings

•  Sell the full range of our products to our existing customer base and implement a 

•  Extend our outsourcing capability

structured approach to new client acquisition

•  Focus on markets that offer significant, scalable and sustainable profit potential

•  Further develop business models and partnerships

What we did •  Focused on extending our services to a wider range of new clients by aligning around 
a targeted market approach. We implemented a cross-sector engagement campaign 
across our customer base, as well as a dedicated strategy for lapsed clients. For new 
clients, we began targeting companies we had not previously worked with through a 
structured sales approach

•  Launched a sales enablement hub with self-serve access to all sales and marketing 

collateral, ensuring our sales staff can sell our full range of products in a consistent way

•  Enacted a new sales and marketing methodology that aligned the capabilities we 
have across the Group to our talented networks and partnerships externally. We 
launched an Insights and Knowledge hub and built a calendar of events and webinars, 
enabling us to support clients in making informed business decisions, targeted at 
workforce management within the STEM market

•  We focused sales and marketing efforts on our well-established markets that 

continue to show growth potential such as Infrastructure, Technology and Defence, 
whilst also reacting quickly to align to new fast growing areas as they emerge, such as 
sourcing skills for fibre implementation

•  All International operations have been aligned to our markets and we have created 
a global market approach enabling more effective international client acquisition 
through leveraging the capability we have in the UK

Priorities for  
next year

•  There is still more progress to be made in embedding our more targeted market 

•  Further leveraging UK product capability to access new revenue lines in our International operations

approach. The priority for 2021 will be to target new client acquisitions and deepen 
existing relationships through the new sales and marketing approach by continuing to 
build out and promote our suite of resources, insights and events for lead generation

•  Continuing to maximise and build our position in the high growth STEM market across 
all our geographies, whilst growing our understanding of current market trends and 
skills shortages in order to flex and respond to new growth services and skills demands

•  Continuing to strengthen the Technology business using our structured market 

approach to help us support a wider range of companies requiring technology skills

•  Took Gattaca Project’s service offering into new markets and increased the scale of the project work it 

completes, resulting in winning our largest statement of work project to date

•  Continued to evolve our core product offering in line with market and customer needs, for example:

 –   From April 2021, private sector organisations will need to comply with IR35 reforms, or face substantial 

risk and cost. We launched an IR35 hub on our website which included an assessment tool and free 

consultations

 –   We continued to grow our Employer Branded Services offering, supporting customers in building their 

employer brands, employer value propositions, and attraction, engagement and retention of candidates

•  Integrated a new digital platform for Gattaca Solutions accounts, enabling us to improve the customer 

experience and embed new solutions faster, and extended our Gattaca Solutions service offering and 

geographical coverage further into the US

•  Launched our Associate network, our community of experienced professionals with proven experience across 

a broad spectrum of industries and customer ‘pain points’

•  We continue to maintain and build partnerships and affiliations that support our business model and market 

presence, such as working with Women into Construction and being appointed as an Executive Network  

member of the Institute for Collaborative Working (‘ICW’), a key partnership as collaboration is at the  

heart of our purpose

•  Take on further outsourcing responsibilities within our current client base to develop partnerships, ensuring  

we drive appropriate solutions into the marketplace in a timely manner to capitalise on any opportunities

•  Utilise our sales and marketing approach to gain further insights from our customers on their ‘pain points’, 

combined with our knowledge of market trends and future economic challenges, to drive innovation 

throughout our product range

.

Strategic Report
The Improvement Plan

17

Accelerating our 
transformation

“Despite the impact of the COVID-19 

pandemic, the Board and I maintained 
our focus on our strategy, choosing a 
number of measures to strengthen the 
business including the acceleration of 
the Improvement Plan.”

  Kevin Freeguard
  CEO

Sell to a market

Customer focus

Add value by product
Product & innovation

Strategic priority •  Growing the customer base, deepening customer relationships

•  Innovating and developing products to meet customer needs

What we said  

we would do

•  Create an aligned go to market plan with consistent execution

•  Enhance customer focused product offerings

•  Sell the full range of our products to our existing customer base and implement a 

•  Extend our outsourcing capability

structured approach to new client acquisition

•  Focus on markets that offer significant, scalable and sustainable profit potential

•  Further develop business models and partnerships

What we did •  Focused on extending our services to a wider range of new clients by aligning around 

•  Took Gattaca Project’s service offering into new markets and increased the scale of the project work it 

completes, resulting in winning our largest statement of work project to date

•  Continued to evolve our core product offering in line with market and customer needs, for example:

 –   From April 2021, private sector organisations will need to comply with IR35 reforms, or face substantial 
risk and cost. We launched an IR35 hub on our website which included an assessment tool and free 
consultations

 –   We continued to grow our Employer Branded Services offering, supporting customers in building their 
employer brands, employer value propositions, and attraction, engagement and retention of candidates

•  Integrated a new digital platform for Gattaca Solutions accounts, enabling us to improve the customer 
experience and embed new solutions faster, and extended our Gattaca Solutions service offering and 
geographical coverage further into the US

•  Launched our Associate network, our community of experienced professionals with proven experience across 

a broad spectrum of industries and customer ‘pain points’

•  We continue to maintain and build partnerships and affiliations that support our business model and market 

presence, such as working with Women into Construction and being appointed as an Executive Network  
member of the Institute for Collaborative Working (‘ICW’), a key partnership as collaboration is at the  
heart of our purpose

•  There is still more progress to be made in embedding our more targeted market 

•  Further leveraging UK product capability to access new revenue lines in our International operations

•  Take on further outsourcing responsibilities within our current client base to develop partnerships, ensuring  
we drive appropriate solutions into the marketplace in a timely manner to capitalise on any opportunities

•  Utilise our sales and marketing approach to gain further insights from our customers on their ‘pain points’, 

combined with our knowledge of market trends and future economic challenges, to drive innovation 
throughout our product range

a targeted market approach. We implemented a cross-sector engagement campaign 

across our customer base, as well as a dedicated strategy for lapsed clients. For new 

clients, we began targeting companies we had not previously worked with through a 

structured sales approach

•  Launched a sales enablement hub with self-serve access to all sales and marketing 

collateral, ensuring our sales staff can sell our full range of products in a consistent way

•  Enacted a new sales and marketing methodology that aligned the capabilities we 

have across the Group to our talented networks and partnerships externally. We 

launched an Insights and Knowledge hub and built a calendar of events and webinars, 

enabling us to support clients in making informed business decisions, targeted at 

workforce management within the STEM market

•  We focused sales and marketing efforts on our well-established markets that 

continue to show growth potential such as Infrastructure, Technology and Defence, 

whilst also reacting quickly to align to new fast growing areas as they emerge, such as 

sourcing skills for fibre implementation

•  All International operations have been aligned to our markets and we have created 

a global market approach enabling more effective international client acquisition 

through leveraging the capability we have in the UK

approach. The priority for 2021 will be to target new client acquisitions and deepen 

existing relationships through the new sales and marketing approach by continuing to 

build out and promote our suite of resources, insights and events for lead generation

•  Continuing to maximise and build our position in the high growth STEM market across 

all our geographies, whilst growing our understanding of current market trends and 

skills shortages in order to flex and respond to new growth services and skills demands

•  Continuing to strengthen the Technology business using our structured market 

approach to help us support a wider range of companies requiring technology skills

Priorities for  

next year

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements.

18 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Improvement Plan continued

Expert fulfilment by skill
Service delivery

Collaborative high performing culture

Operational excellence

Strategic priority •  Enriching the customer experience and enhancing our service delivery capability

•  Improving organisational alignment and performance

What we said  
we would do 

•  Enhance our scalable and agile delivery model for clients with dedicated  

•  Align our operating model and organisational structure to enable the business to scale

Fulfilment expertise 

•  Improve talent engagement capability

•  Create common Group methodology

•  Deliver the best client and candidate experience

•  Find, develop and retain great people

•  Implement our single end-to-end technology platform

•  Build common processes across the Group

What we did •  We continued to expand and scale our Fulfilment operations, reorganising the 

business to form a core dedicated delivery capability servicing all of our locations. 
This has enabled us to be agile to client and market needs by creating scale and pace 
when needed whilst reducing our time to hire and cost to serve

•  Created a more customer-centric common methodology for Fulfilment which 
has streamlined delivery and deepened relationships with key clients. Ensured 
consistency of service, improving the efficiencies of our staff whilst maintaining  
high standards of delivery for both clients and candidates

•  Worked with clients to improve their candidate experience. We mapped their 

candidate journeys and implemented improvements, ranging from small well-placed 
interventions to redesigning the whole process to ensure candidate pipelines were 
nurtured and engaged throughout the entire talent journey. Since the year end, our 
Gattaca Solutions won ‘Best Candidate Experience’ at the Talent International Annual 
Recruitment Awards (TIARA) for our work on reinventing the candidate experience 
for one of our clients

•  Our new single end-to-end technology platform has remodelled and enhanced many 
of our own candidate and client experiences. Contractors will be able to on-board, 
manage their timesheets, expenses, holiday quotas and payslips via a single sign-on. 
Clients will also receive an improved digital journey, saving them time and increasing 
their visibility of their recruitment activity. This is being rolled out to all areas of the 
business by the end of our 2021 financial year

•  Implemented a number of digital tools that enhance both the client and candidate 

experience as well as increase our response rates. These include products that help 
candidates to research the company they are interviewing for, to record their own 
video applications and host live virtual interviews

•  We continued to implement the fundamentals of the Improvement Plan to maximise on the efficiencies  

gained from our organisational alignment, making sure that we were evaluating and developing our people  

so they were playing to their strengths, ensuring the best sales people sell, the best account managers  

deliver excellent customer experiences, and we have subject matter experts in our support functions

•  Appointed a new HR Director with a wealth of operational recruitment sales experience

•  Redesigned a recruit and retain programme including building a joiner community to ensure new starters  

have an excellent experience

•  Developed a new Sales Academy and implemented a digital coaching platform that identifies individual  

needs in real time, in addition to a new digital staff development and training portal

•  Despite the economic pressures of the pandemic we have maintained investment and development of  

our single end-to-end technology platform, due to be implemented in 2021. This entails a major technology 

refresh of front end and back end internal systems

•  Part of our new technology transformation has included updating and mapping all our business processes. 

This will give us a more consistent and efficient way of working, ensure productivity levels are maximised as 

well as improving our customer journeys

Priorities for  
next year

•  Further evolution and growth of our Fulfilment operations, to cultivate more clients, 

•  Continue to evolve our people strategy to suit the current climate, ensuring effective remote working, digital 

markets and skills to continue the expansion of our delivery capability

•  Embed and optimise investment from this year. Once all areas of the business are on 
our new technology platform, iteratively refine new business processes and continue 
to optimise them. Research and invest in further improvements to the candidate and 
client journeys 

learning and development, reward, recognition and wellbeing whilst maintaining a high performance culture. 

Implementation of a new platform for the monitoring and continuous improvement of staff engagement, so 

that we can utilise regular actionable insights to adapt our people strategy over time

•  Complete the implementation of our single end-to-end technology platform and ensuring we exploit the full 

benefits. One global platform will provide an instant and consistent view across all Group trading activities at 

any given time, enabling us to utilise this single source of data to manage the business in a forward-looking 

way. Utilise real time, transparent reporting at an individual level as a critical enabler for the business, to 

support with performance management and spot learning interventions 

•  Further improve collaboration and cross selling across the Group once all employees have access to the  

new internal technology platform

.

Overview

Strategic Report
The Improvement Plan

19

Expert fulfilment by skill

Service delivery

Collaborative high performing culture
Operational excellence

Strategic priority •  Enriching the customer experience and enhancing our service delivery capability

•  Improving organisational alignment and performance

•  Enhance our scalable and agile delivery model for clients with dedicated  

•  Align our operating model and organisational structure to enable the business to scale

•  Find, develop and retain great people

•  Implement our single end-to-end technology platform

•  Build common processes across the Group

•  We continued to implement the fundamentals of the Improvement Plan to maximise on the efficiencies  

gained from our organisational alignment, making sure that we were evaluating and developing our people  
so they were playing to their strengths, ensuring the best sales people sell, the best account managers  
deliver excellent customer experiences, and we have subject matter experts in our support functions

•  Appointed a new HR Director with a wealth of operational recruitment sales experience

•  Redesigned a recruit and retain programme including building a joiner community to ensure new starters  

have an excellent experience

•  Developed a new Sales Academy and implemented a digital coaching platform that identifies individual  

needs in real time, in addition to a new digital staff development and training portal

•  Despite the economic pressures of the pandemic we have maintained investment and development of  

our single end-to-end technology platform, due to be implemented in 2021. This entails a major technology 
refresh of front end and back end internal systems

•  Part of our new technology transformation has included updating and mapping all our business processes. 
This will give us a more consistent and efficient way of working, ensure productivity levels are maximised as 
well as improving our customer journeys

•  Continue to evolve our people strategy to suit the current climate, ensuring effective remote working, digital 
learning and development, reward, recognition and wellbeing whilst maintaining a high performance culture. 
Implementation of a new platform for the monitoring and continuous improvement of staff engagement, so 
that we can utilise regular actionable insights to adapt our people strategy over time

•  Complete the implementation of our single end-to-end technology platform and ensuring we exploit the full 
benefits. One global platform will provide an instant and consistent view across all Group trading activities at 
any given time, enabling us to utilise this single source of data to manage the business in a forward-looking 
way. Utilise real time, transparent reporting at an individual level as a critical enabler for the business, to 
support with performance management and spot learning interventions 

•  Further improve collaboration and cross selling across the Group once all employees have access to the  

new internal technology platform

What we said  

we would do 

Fulfilment expertise 

•  Improve talent engagement capability

•  Create common Group methodology

•  Deliver the best client and candidate experience

What we did •  We continued to expand and scale our Fulfilment operations, reorganising the 

business to form a core dedicated delivery capability servicing all of our locations. 

This has enabled us to be agile to client and market needs by creating scale and pace 

when needed whilst reducing our time to hire and cost to serve

•  Created a more customer-centric common methodology for Fulfilment which 

has streamlined delivery and deepened relationships with key clients. Ensured 

consistency of service, improving the efficiencies of our staff whilst maintaining  

high standards of delivery for both clients and candidates

•  Worked with clients to improve their candidate experience. We mapped their 

candidate journeys and implemented improvements, ranging from small well-placed 

interventions to redesigning the whole process to ensure candidate pipelines were 

nurtured and engaged throughout the entire talent journey. Since the year end, our 

Gattaca Solutions won ‘Best Candidate Experience’ at the Talent International Annual 

Recruitment Awards (TIARA) for our work on reinventing the candidate experience 

for one of our clients

•  Our new single end-to-end technology platform has remodelled and enhanced many 

of our own candidate and client experiences. Contractors will be able to on-board, 

manage their timesheets, expenses, holiday quotas and payslips via a single sign-on. 

Clients will also receive an improved digital journey, saving them time and increasing 

their visibility of their recruitment activity. This is being rolled out to all areas of the 

business by the end of our 2021 financial year

•  Implemented a number of digital tools that enhance both the client and candidate 

experience as well as increase our response rates. These include products that help 

candidates to research the company they are interviewing for, to record their own 

video applications and host live virtual interviews

Priorities for  

next year

•  Further evolution and growth of our Fulfilment operations, to cultivate more clients, 

markets and skills to continue the expansion of our delivery capability

•  Embed and optimise investment from this year. Once all areas of the business are on 

our new technology platform, iteratively refine new business processes and continue 

to optimise them. Research and invest in further improvements to the candidate and 

client journeys 

GovernanceFinancial Statements20 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our Business Model

What we do

Candidates

Clients

Markets

In-depth knowledge of a 
market enables us to advise 
our candidates on their 
options and identify the best 
areas of fit with our clients.

In-depth candidate  
knowledge enables us to 
advise clients on attraction 
approach, location, speed, 
method and cost.

In-depth knowledge of 
working with start-up 
businesses through to 
multinational blue-chip giants 
enables us to have a complete 
view on the entire market.

didate s 

n
a
C

Market-leading delivery
Our fulfilment expertise and focus on  
engineering and technology skills enables us to  
offer candidates a breadth of opportunities with short  
time to hire. This means we can offer clients candidates 
from transferable STEM sectors.

C

li

e

n

t

s

Market 
presence
Vertical focus and 
wide geographical 
spread enables us 
to attract a broad 
range of clients  
and candidates. 

Tailored  
product 
offering
Our products 
have been 
developed to add 
value to clients by 

providing bespoke 
solutions to meet 

their needs. 

Expert consultancy

Our skilled consultants share  
their specialist in-depth  
market knowledge to  
benefit both clients  
and candidates.

Market s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report
Our Business Model

21

How we create value for our stakeholders

For candidates

For clients

•  Expanding range of career opportunities 
across all major markets with clients 
from start-ups through to multinationals

•  Our market expertise helps us 

advise them on dynamics in their 
competitive landscape

•  Market expert consultants who can 

•  Our ability to quickly identify the 

help STEM skill candidates transition 
across markets and geographies

•  A great candidate experience, 

providing the opportunity to work 
with highly experienced and skilled 
consultants who will support them 
throughout their career

•  Strong governance giving candidates 
reassurance that their data is being 
handled well and their employment 
models are compliant

best high-quality candidates

•  Our range of especially designed 
services enable us to solve our 
clients’ talent challenges, from one-
time hire through to enterprise-size 
integrated solutions

73/27

contract vs permanent NFI split

9

major markets that we specialise in

For investors

For employees

•  Providing market-leading solutions 

with a trusted reputation

•  Operating in defined, high-growth 

markets

•  Deep expertise with revitalised 

leadership

•  Focused growth strategy

•  Resilient business model

•  Strong brand reputation helping them 
to secure new business or identify 
great talent

•  Career progression

•  Investing in modern technological 
infrastructure to help them deliver

•  Market-leading benefits scheme

•  Training to become a successful market 
expert, surrounded by a positive and 
friendly culture

10.3p

continuing underlying basic EPS

78%

positive engagement score

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements22

Gattaca plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our Business Model in Action

Delivering the 
skills to restart

Providing the skills needed to keep the world running
As some of our markets and the skills we place were deemed as frontline services through 
the height of the COVID-19 pandemic, it had never been so important than to utilise our 
networks in order to ensure the population continued to receive vital utilities. These are 
some of the examples of markets and projects we are proud to have supported, many  
of them requiring STEM skills: 

Food delivery
With the huge demand for home food deliveries one of our clients focused on expanding their 
technology arm to meet the demand, including automated robots for picking and placing 
groceries. We supported with placing talent to work on the repairs, diagnostics and maintenance 
in their global robots testing centre. There was also need for technology skills in distribution 
systems for the delivery networks to meet demand.

COVID-19 testing
The manufacture of laboratory enclosures for COVID-19 testing has been critical to ensure that the 
volume of testing required each day can be completed. We supplied engineers during the peak 
of the virus, with continuing demand expected into 2021 as testing for the virus continues to be 
essential.

Logistics & planning
COVID-19 led to an increased demand for logistics planners for emergencies services and 
delivery networks. We delivered a number of packages of work with public bodies to complete 
the planning and design for projects, such as revised bus lanes and bus stops required due to 
COVID-19 social distancing measures.

Data
The use of data during a pandemic is critical. We placed technology specialists into the UK 
Department of Health and the NHS who worked on exploring data sets and models, producing 
assessments and insights into how to control the spread of COVID-19. We also supplied candidates 
who assured the provision of medical supplies to the Complex Case Investigation team.

Transport networks
During the UK lockdown there was an increase in demand in rail freight roles to support the  
need to transport essential cargo. We provided talent into highway maintenance as a vital  
network that allowed timely delivery of medical supplies, equipment and medicines as well  
as essential food distribution.

Strategic Report
Our Business Model in Action

23

We provide talent that the world relies on.  
The candidates we source and connect with  
our clients are inventing, designing, installing and 
operating products, systems and infrastructure that 
improve our day-to-day lives.

Connectivity
With fibre and broadband services being deemed an essential utility, fibre has been one of the 
fastest growing areas for us in the second half of the year. Teams of individuals were needed 
across a range of skill sets from technical planning through to installation to ensure that people  
had the connectivity to continue to work at home.

Power
Skilled engineers and technologists in the Energy market continually worked throughout 
lockdown and beyond, not only keeping the lights on around the world, but also installing  
power into crucial new buildings such as the UK Nightingale hospitals.

Water and wastewater
Similarly, it was vital to keep the water industry running to ensure maintenance of essential 
services and public health. With limitations on the mobility of candidates due to lockdown  
and the increased number of client staff in isolation or quarantine, we continued to support  
our clients to find labour for such a critical resource.

Digitalisation of learning, training and development programmes
COVID-19 led to many companies looking to accelerate their digitalisation plans, where previously 
they were reliant on traditional in-office training. We supported clients to rapidly design and build 
online training programmes for their staff, and also with the build of digital learning platforms, 
which was particularly important in order for companies to maintain their apprenticeships and  
to ensure a new tranche of apprentices could still start as planned in September 2020.

Defence
The Defence market was one of the most stable markets in resourcing this year. The UK 
Government moved quickly to classify Defence personnel as key workers so they could carry on to 
support critical projects that could not be placed on hold. With the sensitive nature of project work 
there was a continued need for onsite security cleared workers. We also worked with our Defence 
clients to define compliant security processes for new hires and on-boarding during the period of 
lockdown. There was an increase in demand for cyber security skills with people working outside of 
companies’ usual security networks, and we assisted in the growth of a major cyber security client 
who saw increased volume of demand in the United States, supported by us via our RPO model.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements24 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Operating Review

A positive performance 
in 2020

Business Mix
Our contract business has proved 
more resilient in the current trading 
environment, with net fees down 
20% in the period on a continuing 
basis, which is a testament to our 
historic strategic focus in this area.  
Contract now accounts for 73%  
(2019 restated: 71%) of Group Net 
Fee Income (‘NFI’) on a continuing 
basis, at £39.5m (2019 restated: 
£49.1m). Contract gross margin  
on a continuing basis was 7.6%  
(2019 restated: 8.2%).

Permanent recruitment, which was 
more susceptible to the economic 
shocks in the year, declined 26% on 
prior year with net fees of £14.5m 
(2019 restated: £19.7m). Permanent 
net fees represented 27% (2019 
restated: 29%) of Group NFI on a 
continuing basis.

Other NFI arising from provision of 
engineering services and other fees 
was £0.3m (2019: £0.2m).

UK Engineering
Revenue was £416.5m (2019: 
£475.9m), NFI decreased by 19% 
to £39.8m (2019: £49.4m) and 
operating contribution (before 
central overheads) was £24.5m 
(2019: £27.5m). UK Engineering 
represents 73% of Group 
continuing NFI. 

The UK Engineering business 
was impacted by challenging 
market conditions in the year, 
particularly the UK general 
election, Brexit uncertainty and 
the proposed IR35 regulatory 
changes now delayed until April 
2021. However, the main factor in 
the overall performance decline 
was the unprecedented effects of 
the pandemic, even though our 
strategic bias to contract business 
within UK Engineering has provided 
some resilience in the current 
trading environment.

Within the Infrastructure market, 
NFI was 15% lower than the prior 
year. Demand was particularly 
strong within the Highways and 
Civil Engineering market driven by 
the ‘Routes to Market’ initiative, 
increased funding for UK motorway 
infrastructure and the rollout of 
high speed fibre connectivity 
across the UK. Demand in both 
the Water and Rail markets 
remained constant on essential 
maintenance projects, however, 
project based construction, 
demand dropped significantly 
whilst COVID-19 compliant ways of 
working were being identified, and 
teams remobilised. The new Rail 
funding cycle CP6, UK Government 
commitment to HS2 and the Water 
investment cycle, AMP7 have been 
slower than anticipated to ramp 
up activity, however we see this as 
a short-term issue with demand 
building through 2021.

We anticipate the UK Government 
will continue to prioritise spending 
on transportation, infrastructure 
and utilities projects, which are 
significant and established markets 
for Gattaca.

The Energy division was 18% lower 
than the prior year. The Oil and 
Gas market remains turbulent, 
with deferred investment decisions 
subsequently shelved and therefore 
demand for contract labour driven 
down by COVID-19, sector politics 
and weak global commodity 
prices. The transmission and 
distribution market, where our work 
is focused on the maintenance of 
essential networks, was consistent 
through the year. The Renewables 
Energy market continues to offer 
opportunity with strong project 
investment globally; and we flexed 
our focus to capitalise on this trend.

Mobility was the most impacted of 
all our markets due to a lack of end 
customer investment during H1 and 
the H2 impact of COVID-19, with 
NFI 35% lower than the prior year. 

The Defence market continues to 
be core to our business. National 
security, maritime and defence 
infrastructure programmes, 
including the QEC aircraft carriers, 
Dreadnought, Tempest, Morpheus 
and Type 31 frigates, are key 
UK Government priorities with 
increased spending announced. As 
a result, we see opportunity in this 
market across both engineering and 
technology skills.

We have restructured our teams 
and utilised the government 
furlough to match resources to 
demand whilst continuing to 
support contractors and staff 
in each of our markets. Where 
demand was lower, we also 
redistributed staff between teams 
to maximise efficiency. 

UK Technology
On a continuing basis, revenue 
was £104.3m (2019: £136.1m), NFI 
declined by 31% to £8.0m (2019: 
£11.6m) and operating contribution 
before central overheads was £3.4m 
(2019: £5.9m). UK Technology 
represents 15% of Group continuing 
NFI. Whilst this business did decline 
in H1, our actions stabilised it in Q2 
and Q3 and we saw this as a key 
inflexion point; however, COVID-19 
negatively impacted the business 
in Q4.

The constant development of the 
IT industry and need for STEM skills 
across the UK offers an excellent 
opportunity for our Technology 
business to return to growth.  

 
Strategic Report
Operating Review

25

UK ENGINEERING 
CONTINUING NFI

£39.8m

(2019: £49.4m)

UK TECHNOLOGY 
CONTINUING NFI

£8.0m 

(2019: £11.6m)

INTERNATIONAL  
CONTINUING NFI

£6.5m 

(2019 restated: £8.0m)

Whilst there have been many 
businesses affected and technology 
roles lost, the importance of 
having the correct technology 
stack and strategy has grown. 
There is continued developing 
demand for technology skills such 
as DevOps, Security, Data Science, 
Cloud, AI, Cyber and all front-
end and back-end programming 
languages, all of which balance 
well alongside the established 
demand for PM, Support, Electronic 
Systems Engineering, Controls and 
Automation skill sets. 

To ensure that we are optimally 
positioned to take advantage of 
these market trends, we have a 
new leadership team in place and 
have aligned the business to market 
sectors, specifically Defence, BFI 
(Banking, Finance & Insurance),  
TMT (Tech, Media and Telecoms), 
Energy and Public Sector. The 
latter two markets have shown 
resilience through the pandemic 
with some of our other markets now 
showing improved signs of activity 
in areas such as Infrastructure and 
Mobility. For 2021, we will manage 
and report the legacy Engineering 
Technology business unit as a 
core element of UK Technology, 
ensuring consistency across the  
full Technology stack.

We see technology as a major 
growth opportunity in the recovery 
of the UK economy, and the shifting 
global trends towards big data, AI 
and flexible working will ensure 
that technology skill sets play a 
critical role over the long term. The 
work to restructure the Technology 
business unit, recruiting new 
leadership and revitalising the team, 
will enable us to take advantage of 
these opportunities.

International
On a continuing basis, revenue 
was £17.8m (2019 restated: 
£22.3m), NFI declined by 19% to 
£6.5m (2019 restated: £8.0m), 
and operating contribution before 
central overheads was £1.3m (2019 
restated: £1.9m). International 
operations represent 12% of the 
Group’s continuing NFI. Each of 
our International operations has 
been impacted by COVID-19 with 
country and state lockdowns 
affecting trading. As with the 
UK, we have ensured business 
continuity by quickly switching 
to remote working in each of our 
international locations. 

International H2 NFI was 16% 
lower than the prior year. The US 
business continued to reposition 
itself away from an historic over-
reliance on a small number of sole 
supply clients, with the successful 
delivery of our first RPO within the 
cyber market and being appointed 
as a 1st Tier supplier on a major 
Energy market PSL. We also took 
the opportunity to restructure the 
International leadership and sales 
team, resulting in a leaner, more 
efficient sales function.

During the year we ceased 
operational activity in China as  
we prioritised other markets.

Gattaca Solutions
As a cross-section of our UK 
Engineering, UK Technology and 
International businesses, Gattaca 
Solutions represented 29% of 
Group NFI (2019: 27%). Gattaca 
Solutions is a critical element of 
our growth strategy as it allows us 
the opportunity to solve critical 
client staffing issues through deep 
long-term customer relationships. 

Gattaca Solutions dedicates 
account management support to 
these client relationships, and in 
many cases embeds our teams into 
our clients’ businesses to enable 
a deeper and more collaborative 
relationship. Buying behaviours 
within the UK staffing market 
continue to shift towards the 
outsourced recruitment model, 
which Gattaca Solutions offers.

We have seen another strong year 
of account retention within Gattaca 
Solutions, reflecting the quality 
of service and value that Gattaca 
Solutions brings to our clients. 
Following the year end, we were 
delighted to be recognised for the 
quality of our service, winning the 
2020 TIARA Talent Solutions award 
for Best Candidate Experience. 

Gattaca Solutions accounts include 
customers who are critical to 
national infrastructure, utilities and 
defence, and in these areas we have 
seen volumes least affected and 
the quickest to recover, from any 
COVID-19 impact.

Gattaca Projects, which provides 
professional and expert outcome 
based engineering and technology 
support solutions, has grown by 
14.2% on prior year, albeit from a 
small base. This is driven by a new 
key defence client with whom we 
have started delivering on long-
term project delivery agreements 
in 2020.

Kevin Freeguard
Chief Executive Officer

3 November 2020

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements 
26 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Key Performance Indicators

Financial KPIs
Due to the discontinuation of certain operations in 2020 and 2019, the Group has chosen again to present a number of 
adjusted KPIs for continuing operations as a more representative measure of ongoing business. 2019 figures for continuing 
operations have been restated for the presentation of operations discontinued in 2020, as explained in Note 11 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

NFI  
(£m)

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

NFI from continuing operations 
(£m)

Adjusted Net cash/(debt) 
(£m)

73.0

74.7

78.9

2018

72.1

2019 restated

71.4

69.1

(40.3)

(40.9)

(25.0)

(24.8)

2016

2017

2018

2019

54.7

2020

54.3

2020

27.3

£54.7m

(2019: £72.1m)

£54.3m

(2019 restated: £69.1m)

£27.3m

(2019: £(24.8)m)

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

NFI, equivalent to gross profit, 
is revenue less cost of sales, 
predominately the sum of contract 
NFI and fees for the placement of 
permanent candidates, less any directly  
attributable adjustments or rebates.

Rationale

Indicates the volume of business 
generated in the year and is a 
prerequisite to any sustainable  
bottom line growth.

NFI from continuing operations 
is revenue less cost of sales from 
continuing business, predominately  
the sum of contract NFI and fees  
for the placement of permanent 
candidates, less any directly  
attributable adjustments or rebates.

Rationale

Indicates the volume of continuing 
business generated in the year.

Total Group debt excluding lease 
liabilities, less any cash and cash 
equivalents, after capitalised 
financing costs.

Rationale

Adjusted net cash/(debt) is a key 
element of the Group’s capital 
structure. Gattaca is committed to 
showing a sustained reduction in 
adjusted net debt.

Continuing underlying 
basic EPS  
(pence)

Underlying profit from 
continuing operations 
(£m)

Continuing underlying 
profit before taxation 
(£m)

Conversion ratio 
(%)

2018

22.5

2018

12.4

2018

10.9

2018

2019 restated

28.4

2019 restated

13.7

2019 restated

11.7

2019 restated

17.4

19.8

2020

10.3

2020

6.0

2020

4.6

2020

11.0

10.3p

£6.0m

£4.6m

11.0%

(2019 restated: 28.4p)

(2019 restated: £13.7m)

(2019 restated: £11.7m)

(2019 restated: 19.8%)

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

The amount of underlying 
profit for the year per one 
share in the Group; calculated 
as the continuing underlying 
profit attributable to the 
Group’s equity shareholders, 
divided by the average 
number of shares in issue 
throughout the year.

Underlying profitability of 
the Group for continuing 
operations before interest 
and taxes with adjustments 
for non-recurring costs, 
impairment and amortisations 
of acquired intangibles and 
impairment of right-of-use 
leased assets.

Profitability of the Group 
from continuing operations 
before tax with adjustments 
for non-recurring costs, 
impairment and amortisations 
of acquired intangibles, 
impairment of right-of-use 
leased assets and foreign 
exchange differences.

Rationale

Rationale

Rationale

A strong indication as to 
the underlying continuing 
profitability of a company  
for its shareholders.

Demonstrates the profitability 
of the Group and how 
efficient it is at managing its 
controllable cost base.

Demonstrates the profitability 
of the Group and how 
efficient it is in managing its 
cost base, before taxation.

Underlying continuing  
profit from operations 
expressed as a percentage  
of continuing NFI.

Rationale

Indicates the efficiency of  
fee earners in generating NFI, 
the Group’s ability to control 
central costs and the level of 
investment in future growth.

Strategic Report
Key Performance Indicators

27

Operational KPIs

International mix 
(%)

UK
International

NFI mix 
(%)

Contract
Permanent

Average NFI per sales head 
(£’000)

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

80

79

81

87

87

20

21

19

13

13

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

74

76

72

70

73

26

24

28

30

27

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

138.7

124.3

126.1

135.8

113.4

87% / 13%

(2019: 87% / 13%)

73% / 27%

(2019: 70% / 30%)

£113.4

(2019: £135.8)

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

Total NFI generated from business 
operations outside of the UK, expressed 
as a percentage of total Group NFI.

Total NFI generated through temporary 
contractor placements or permanent 
placements separated out and expressed 
as a percentage of total Group NFI.

Rationale

Geographic diversification spreads 
risk and reduces reliance on any 
one economy.

Rationale

Contract NFI provides better visibility 
of income and generates long-term 
relationships with our clients. Growth 
in permanent recruitment NFI enables 
the Group to benefit quickly from 
operational gearing.

Total NFI divided by the average 
annual number of sales heads.

Rationale

Indicator of staff productivity, with 
growth demonstrating an improved 
efficiency in fee earner activity or a 
higher percentage of fee earners at 
full capacity.

Staff mix 
(%) 

Support
Sales

NFI per £ staff cost 
(£)

Positive engagement score 
(%)

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

71

71

73

72

72

29

29

27

28

28

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

1.97

1.80

1.69

1.68

1.70

72% / 28%

(2019: 72% / 28%)

£1.70

(2019: £1.68)

77

78

78

2018

2019

2020

78%

(2019: 78%)

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

Measurement explained

The ratio of fee earning versus 
operational support staff headcount 
taken as an average for the year.

Rationale

Demonstrates the Group’s ability to 
maintain a consistent balance of sales 
and support headcount throughout 
other business changes.

Total NFI divided by the annual  
costs of all staff in the Group.

Rationale

Key staff productivity metric for 
Gattaca, as well as reflecting the 
operational efficiency of the  
business as a whole.

An Engagement Index based  
on employee responses to seven 
actionable workplace elements. 

Rationale

Employee engagement has  
proven linkages to performance, 
productivity, customer service,  
quality, retention and increased profit. 

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements28 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Chief Financial Officer’s Report

2020 has been 
another year of 
intense activity

We continued our work on repositioning the 
business, including a much strengthened balance 
sheet, and of course managing the impact of  
the global pandemic.

G B A SIC E P S

N

G U

UIN

D E R L YIN
(2 019 restate d: 2 8.4 p)
10.3 p

N TIN

O

C

This year’s highlights
•  Continuing underlying profit before tax of 
£4.6m for the year (2019 restated: £11.7m)

  For further information  
  Page 29

•  Adjusted net cash, which excludes  

IFRS 16 lease liabilities, rose to £27.3m 
(2019: adjusted net debt £(24.8)m)

  For further information  
  Page 31

•  Repayment and cancellation of the 

Revolving Credit Facility post year end, 
leaving the Group covenant free

  For further information  
  Page 33

•  Cost reductions and the acceleration of 
the Improvement Plan resulting in £4m 
annualised future cost savings from 
November 2020

  For further information  
  Page 30

 
 
 
 
Strategic Report
Chief Financial Officer’s Report

29

We delivered £4.6m of underlying 
profit before tax, eliminated debt and 
are now in a strong net cash position.

Financial performance
On a continuing basis, revenue of 
£538.7m (2019 restated: £634.3m) 
generated NFI of £54.3m (2019 
restated: £69.1m). We achieved 
contract NFI of £39.5m (2019 
restated: £49.1m) at a margin of 
7.6% (2019 restated: 8.2%), and 
permanent recruitment fees of 
£14.5m (2019 restated: £19.7m). 

Profit before tax from continuing 
operations was £1.4m (2019 
restated: £3.4m).

Statutory loss after tax for the total 
Group was £1.8m (2019: £5.9m loss).

Net cash at 31 July 2020 
(excluding lease liabilities) 
improved considerably to  
£27.3m (2019: net debt of £24.8m), 
a £52.1m improvement including  
the benefit of £10.3m of VAT 
deferrals and a change from 
recourse to non-recourse financing 
worth £13.8m at year end, in 
addition to improvements in 
contractor terms, DSO (‘Day Sales 
Outstanding’) and volume related 
movements as explained on pages 
31 and 32.

Underlying results
Underlying results are shown beneath 
the Income Statement. Underlying 
continuing profit before tax at 

£4.6m (2019 restated: £11.7m) was 
£7.1m below last year with the most 
significant factor being the impact  
of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Whilst we moved to full remote 
working within days of the various 
national restrictions without any 
interruption to our operational 
capability, we saw a significant 
and relatively sudden reduction 
in trading volumes, and having 
anticipated this, took early 
mitigating actions on our cost 
base, including acceleration of 
Improvement Plan efficiencies. 
We were also able to achieve 
significant positive changes 
in terms of digitisation and 
process  optimisation.

Discontinued operations and non-underlying costs
The Group-wide Improvement Plan continued at pace during 2020 and drove some of the non-underlying 
costs below:

£’000

Underlying continuing

Restructuring costs

Advisory fees primarily related to DoJ cooperation

Discontinued operations losses and related restructuring costs primarily with respect to China

Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangibles

Impairment of right-of-use leased assets (one building on our Whiteley campus)

Gain on sale of investment in Concilium Search Limited

Foreign exchange differences

Reported statutory for the total Group

Profit/(Loss) 
Before Tax

4,588

(1,552)

(1,395)

(1,225)

(950)

(432)

304 

(521)

(1,183)

The acceleration of certain elements 
of the Improvement Plan enabled 
restructuring both during FY20 and 
in the early part of FY21 and our 
financial statements include both 
the actual costs incurred in FY20 
and a provision of £1.0m included 
in the £1.6m restructuring costs 
above for known redundancy costs 
for the initiatives that have been 
implemented in the first quarter  
of our 2021 financial year. 

Despite changes in local staffing 
and strategy, our China business 
was not generating appropriate 
returns and this business was closed 
during the year, allowing us to 
devote resources to markets with 
greater potential.

We continue to cooperate with the 
US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) 
and there have been no significant 
new matters in this regard during 

the year. Legal fees on this matter 
were £1.4m in the year (2019: 
£3.4m), the vast majority of which 
were incurred in the first half of 
the year. As shown in Note 28 
to the Financial Statements, the 
Group is not currently in a position 
to know what the outcome of 
these enquiries may be, therefore 
we are unable to make any type 
of quantification of the potential 
financial impact, if any.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements30 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Chief Financial Officer’s Report continued

During the year, we took an 
additional impairment charge of 
£0.3m (2019: £5.9m) writing off all 
remaining intangible asset values 
relating to the UK Technology 
business of Networkers, acquired 
in 2015. All International intangible 
asset values relating to Networkers 
were written off in prior periods. 
Amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets was £0.6m (2019: £1.3m)

Following the closure of our 
Bromley office last year, we have 
also made the decision to close one 
of the buildings on our Whiteley 
campus. This was primarily enabled 
by the restructurings noted above. 
We fully intend to build on the 
positive lessons learnt during the 
UK lockdown, including the benefits 
of flexible working. In the long 
run this is likely to mean a hybrid 
approach and using our offices 
in different ways to before. We 
expect the remaining office space 
in London Bridge, Whiteley and 
Winnersh to be sufficient for the 
business as we grow through the 
recovery and beyond.

Cost actions and UK 
Government Coronavirus  
Job Retention Scheme
We took significant cost actions 
during the year to mitigate as much 
of the impact of reduced NFI as 

Administrative expenses

60

55

m
£

’

50

45

40

(1.5)

(1.1)

(1.0)

55.4 

9
1
Y
F

)
d
e
t
a
t
s
e
r
(

g
n
y

i

l
r
e
d
n
u
g
n

i

u
n
i
t
n
o
C

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

e
v
i
t
a
r
t
s
i

i

n
m
d
a

t
i
f
e
n
e
b
h
g
u
o
l
r
u
f

f
f
a
t
S

n
o
i
t
c
u
d
e
r

y
r
a

l

a
s

f
f
a
t
s
%
0
2

y
r
a
r
o
p
m
e
T

n
o
i
t
c
n
u
f

s
e

l

a
S

i

s
g
n
v
a
s
g
n
i
r
u
t
c
u
r
t
s
e
r

possible, and welcomed the UK 
Government Job Retention Scheme 
which enabled us to support staff 
and contractors. 

The UK Government Job Retention 
Scheme enabled us to take a more 
considered view of the resourcing 
level adjustments necessitated by 
the abrupt and significant changes 
in the economic landscape. 
Without the scheme we would have 
been compelled to make significant 
reductions to our workforce at 
the start of the lockdown, and 
inevitably this would have been 
more severe when uncertainty  
was at its highest. 

During the year, we claimed £2.3m 
with respect to our contractors 
and £1.5m with respect to our staff 
enabling us to provide continued 
financial support to individuals 
whilst we and our clients took the 
appropriate time to assess our 
needs with much greater knowledge 
around the short and likely medium- 
terms impacts to our businesses 
and the necessary cost actions. 

Staff and Directors who remained 
working in the business during 
this time also made a sacrifice 
through a 20% reduction in salary 
for a period of time, reducing 
2020 costs by £1.1m. In addition 

we reassessed structures in the UK 
and internationally, with some de-
layering, which benefited results in 
2020 by £1.7m. Commissions were 
lower by £3.6m due to lower trading 
volumes and there were no Board 
and central staff bonuses saving 
£1.8m compared to prior year. In 
September 2020 we concluded 
a staff consultation process, the 
impact of which will be a further 
reduction of £4.0m in staff costs on 
an annualised basis. We will review 
our staffing needs as the recovery 
takes shape. At this time, we believe 
we have significant capacity to 
absorb increased trading without 
the need to increase significantly 
overall headcount.

Taxation
The Group’s reported effective 
tax rate of 50.5% (2019: 31.6%) 
was driven up by the impact of 
overseas losses not recognised as 
deferred tax assets. The continuing 
underlying effective tax rate was 
27.9% (2019 restated: 21.5%), 
similarly impacted by the same 
overseas losses.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share was 
negative 5.5 pence (2019: negative 
18.3 pence), and on a fully diluted 
basis was negative 5.5 pence (2019: 
negative 17.8 pence).

(3.6)

s
e

l

a
s
K
U
n

i

n
o
i
t
c
u
d
e
R

s
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

i

d
n
a
n
o
i
s
s
i
m
m
o
c

(1.8)

(0.7)

g
n
i
r
u
t
c
u
r
t
s
e
r

e
c

i
f
f
o

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n

I

s
u
n
o
b
p
u
o
r
G

d
n
a
d
r
a
o
B
n

i

n
o
i
t
c
u
d
e
R

0.3

T

I

n

i

e
s
a
e
r
c
n

I

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
g
n
c
n
e
c

i

i
l

2.3

0.4

0.2

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

t
b
e
d

d
a
b
n

i

e
s
a
e
r
c
n

I

n
o
t
c
a
p
m

i

6
1
S
R
F

I

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

e
v
i
t
a
r
t
s
i

i

n
m
d
a

n
o
i
t
a

i

c
e
r
p
e
d
n

i

e
s
a
e
r
c
n

I

)
s
t
e
s
s
a
6
1
S
R
F

I

i

g
n
d
u

l

c
x
e
(

(0.6)

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

e
v
i
t
a
r
t
s
i

i

n
m
d
a

r
e
h
t

O

48.3 

0
2
Y
F

g
n
y

i

l
r
e
d
n
u
g
n

i

u
n
i
t
n
o
C

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

e
v
i
t
a
r
t
s
i

i

n
m
d
a

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Strategic Report
Chief Financial Officer’s Report

31

Capital expenditure
Capital expenditure in the year 
was £2.6m (2019: £3.5m) of 
which £2.3m related to software. 
Having a single set of integrated 
and effective systems across the 
Group is critical to our long-term 
success and during the lockdown we 
maintained the pace of our Primary 
Business Systems project. One of 
our subsidiaries is already live on 
the system and we expect all of our 
businesses to be operating on the 
new systems by the end of FY21. 

Sale of holding in Concilium
On 27 November 2019, we sold our 
10% holding in Concilium Search 
Limited realising a gain of £0.3m 
which has been included in non-
underlying items.

Net assets and shares in issue 
At 31 July 2020, the Group had net 
assets of £39.8m (2019: £41.9m) and 
had 32.3m (2019: 32.3m) fully paid 
ordinary shares in issue. 

Continuing underlying basic 
earnings per share was 10.3 pence 
(2019 restated: 28.4 pence).

Dividends
We are very much cognisant that 
our shareholders have shown 
great patience as we have worked 
to strengthen our balance sheet 
and reposition the business. Given 
the economic headwinds the UK 
faces over the next six months 
the Board is not recommending 
a final dividend for 2020. We are 
however committed as a Board 
to restoring the dividend at the 
earliest opportunity. 

Cash flow and net cash/(debt)

40

30

20

m
£

’

10

0

-10

-20

-40

(24.8)

9
1

l

y
u
J

1
3
t
a

t
b
e
d
t
e
n
d
e
t
s
u
d
A

j

8.5

5.2

13.8

(2.6)

(2.6)

(2.2)

10.3

l

a
r
r
e
f
e
d
T
A
V

16.3

s
r
o
t
i
d
e
r
c
&
s
r
o
t
b
e
d

e
d
a
r
t
n
o
g
n
d
a
r
t

i

f
o
t
c
a
p
m

I

27.3

0
2
0
2

l

y
u
J

1
3

t
a
h
s
a
c

t
e
n
d
e
t
s
u
d
A

j

n

i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
r
p
m

I

r
a
e
y
n
o
r
a
e
y
O
S
D

s
m
r
e
t

t
n
e
m
y
a
p

r
o
t
c
a
r
t
n
o
c
d
e
d
n
e
t
x
E

g
n

i

k
r
o
w

r
e
h
t

O

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
m

l

a
t
i
p
a
c

e
r
u
t
i
d
n
e
p
x
e

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

i

&
x
a
t

,

e
g
n
a
h
c
x
e
n
g
e
r
o
F

i

s
r
o
t
b
e
d
e
d
a
r
t

f
o
r
e
f
s
n
a
r
T

y
t
i
l
i

c
a
f
F

I

e
s
r
u
o
c
e
r
-
n
o
n
o
t

3.2

6.0

(1.2)

(2.6)

I

T
B
E
g
n
y

i

l
r
e
d
n
U

s
m
e
t
i

h
s
a
c
-
n
o
N

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

g
n
y

i

l
r
e
d
n
u
-
n
o
N

s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o

d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
s
i
d
m
o
r
f

s
e
s
s
o
L

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
32 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Chief Financial Officer’s Report continued

Cash flow and net debt 
Net cash at 31 July 2020 was 
£19.6m (2019: net debt £(24.8)m).  
Adjusted net cash (net cash 
excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities) 
was £27.3m (2019: net debt  
£(24.8)m). Reducing our financial 
leverage has been a key objective 
for the last three years and we  
are pleased with this progress, 
having had net debt of £(40.3)m 
at 31 July 2017. As the UK was 
heading towards lockdown, we 
took immediate measures to ensure 
our balance sheet could weather 
whatever storms might lie ahead 
and prior to the announcement 
by the Chancellor on the UK-wide 
Government support schemes, we 
were able to secure agreement from 
HMRC to defer our VAT payments 
until the end of March 2021, and 
other tax payments for a shorter 
period. At 31 July 2020, our cash 
position included the benefit of 
£10.3m from these deferrals.

A further element of the 
improvement is driven by reduced 
trading activity which enabled an 
unwinding of working capital. We 
expect a very substantial element 
of the overall working capital 
improvement to be permanent  
as described below. 

We have changed the payment 
terms for contractors earning above 
a certain level from seven to 28 days 
which is in alignment with normal 
payment cycles for businesses and 
most company employees. This 
change reduces significantly the gap 
between payments to contractors 
and payments from our customers. 
As well as the immediate benefit at 
the point of change, the new terms 
should mean a lower requirement 
for additional working capital as 
our business grows through the 
inevitable economic recovery and 
thereafter. We have so far effectively 
reduced the period of funding 
business from 20 days to 16 days 
and as this change initiative was still 
in the process of implementation 
at year end, we expect further 
improvement as this initiative is 
further embedded.

We have also continued to improve 
further our cash collections 
capability with DSO (days sales 
outstanding, based on a three-
month average and including 
sales taxes) of 41 (2019: 45) 
representing a further four day 
advancement on the substantial 
improvement achieved last year. 
Our DSO calculation includes trade 
receivables transferred to HSBC 
but on whose behalf we perform 
collection services.

As a result of the current economic 
climate we have noticed increased 
pressure from customers for longer 
payment terms which may lead 
to an increased risk of default. 
However, we remain resolute in 
maintaining our strong working 
capital performance and this will 
continue to be a key focus for 
the Group. 

Following our refinancing in 
October 2019, in January 2020 
we transferred a portion of our 
recourse working capital facility 
to a non-recourse working 
capital facility whereby the trade 
receivables assigned to the facility 
are owned by HSBC, thereby 
reducing receivables and our 
indebtedness.

Our liquidity, being our cash 
resources and the unused 
headroom in our invoice financing 
facilities which could be drawn 
against existing invoices at 31 July 
2020 was very strong at £58.5m. 

Cash generated from operations at 
£59.2m (2019: £24.1m) was £35.1m 
higher than prior year driven by the 
factors summarised above.

Strategic Report
Chief Financial Officer’s Report

33

Foreign currency risk 

The Group generates 13% of its 
annualised NFI from continuing 
business in international markets. 
The Group does face risks to both 
its reported performance and cash 
position arising from the effects 
of exchange rate fluctuations. The 
Group manages these risks by 
matching sales and direct costs 
in the same currency and where 
appropriate entering into forward 
exchange contracts to minimise 
the gap in assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies.  

Salar Farzad
Chief Financial Officer

3 November 2020

Banking facilities and 
interest rate risk 
As of 31 July 2020 the Group had  
a working capital facility of £75m. 

Given our strong liquidity position, 
the Board decided to repay the 
remaining £7.5m of our Revolving 
Credit Facility in October 2020 
and cancel the facility. All previous 
covenants were attached to this 
facility and as a result of the 
repayment and cancellation of the 
facility, the Group no longer has  
any covenant obligations. 

Brexit 
The Board continues to follow 
Brexit developments closely. 
The economic effect of these 
developments on business 
confidence is an important factor 
for us to the extent it affects the UK 
economic environment, as noted in 
the Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
report on page 48. 

Critical accounting policies 
The statement of significant 
accounting policies is set out in 
Note 1 to the Financial Statements. 

IFRS 16
IFRS 16 was adopted by the Group 
from 1 August 2019, choosing to 
adopt the transition approach 
which did not require comparatives 
to be restated. At 31 July 2020, 
the Group held Right-of-Use lease 
assets of £7.3m and lease liabilities 
of £7.7m on the balance sheet. In 
2020, depreciation and impairment 
expense of £2.5m was charged 
in respect of Right-of-Use lease 
assets and interest expense on lease 
liabilities was £0.2m. Operating 
lease expense of £0.2m (2019: 
£2.3m) was also recorded in the 
income statement in 2020 for leases 
where exemptions were taken from 
IFRS 16, for those with assets of low 
value or short-term leases of less 
than 12 months; the expense in 2019 
was for all the Group’s leases prior 
to adoption of IFRS 16.

The impact of adopting IFRS 16 in 
2020 on continuing underlying PBT 
was £0.2m benefit. 

Group financial risk 
management 
The Board reviews and agrees 
policies for managing financial 
risks. The Group’s finance 
function is responsible for 
managing investment and funding 
requirements including banking 
and cash flow monitoring. It seeks 
to ensure that adequate liquidity 
exists at all times, to meet its 
cash requirements. The Group’s 
financial instruments comprise 
borrowings, cash and various 
items, such as trade receivables 
and trade payables that arise from 
its operations, and some matching 
forward foreign exchange contracts. 
The Group does not trade in 
financial instruments. The main risks 
arising from the Group’s financial 
instruments are described below.

Credit risk 

The Group trades only with 
recognised, creditworthy third 
parties. We monitor receivable 
balances on an ongoing basis and 
in 2020 have taken a conservative 
approach to receivables risk and 
have increased our loss allowance 
by £1.8m to £4.0m. Whilst our 
receivables write offs during the 
year at £0.5m are only slightly 
higher than the £0.4m in the 
prior year, we believe that given 
the uncertainty in the economic 
headwinds in the UK and abroad, 
a more prudent calculation at 31 
July 2020 of £4.0m is the right one. 
The expected credit loss provision 
is further supported by early signs 
of minor lengthening in DSO since 
year end. We shall be monitoring 
actual default rates closely over 
the next few months, especially as 
companies cease to benefit from 
the various support schemes such 
as the UK Job Retention Scheme 
and VAT deferrals.

There are no significant 
concentrations of credit risk within 
the Group, with no single debtor 
accounting for more than 8% (2019: 
4%) of total receivables balances at 
31 July 2020. 

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements 
34 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Responsible Business

Supporting our 
people, communities 
and stakeholders

We place great emphasis on operating responsibly and 
we consider the potential impact on all our stakeholder 
groups when making business decisions, including them 
in those decision-making processes where possible.

I was delighted to be appointed to the role of  
HR Director in August 2020 after nine months  
as Interim HR Director for the Group. 

I bring eight years of HR experience, with a 
background in talent acquisition, development and 
management, along with seven years of working in 
commercial roles within recruitment. I believe this 
blend of experience will enable me, together with the 
wider team, to accelerate our HR strategy as part of 
the overall Improvement Plan. 

The rituals and boundaries we create in collaboration 
with our people as we enter the next financial 
year need to accurately reflect both the trading 
conditions and the ‘new normal’ we find ourselves in. 
This presents us with a unique opportunity to review 
what has worked for the Group in the past and to 
challenge ourselves to find ways of doing things 
better. This year has reinforced the need for HR to 
be agile in its approach and continually adapt to 
the business and market context as fixed, long-term 
strategies can become less relevant in a fast paced 
world. I will continue to evolve our people strategy 
with a focus on driving engagement and developing 
talent, which will inform and shape our culture.

Claire Cross
HR Director

Strategic Report
Responsible Business

35

Our Values

Our values underpin everything we do, they 
reflect our ambition and shape who we are.

Be Inspiring

Love your job

Take pride

Without ambition, we wouldn’t achieve 
anything. We strive to set an example 
in everything we do and aim to make 
a positive difference to everyone we 
work with.

Working in recruitment, we know 
how important it is to find a job you 
love. We enjoy the work we do and 
have fun with the people we work 
with, including our colleagues, our 
candidates and our clients.

We encourage each other to be the 
best we can be so we can continually 
improve the service we provide. By 
adopting a tenacious approach and 
being accountable for everything we 
do, we can have passion in our work 
and share in our successes.

A reflection on the year

Our response to the COVID-19 
pandemic coloured much of our 
activity during the second half of 
the year. The health and wellbeing 
of our people was central to the 
actions we took, as well ensuring 
that we were equipping them with 
the tools to support our customers. 
We rapidly enabled remote working 
for our employees across the Group, 
leveraging video conferencing tools 
which then enabled us to quickly 
build out ‘GattaConnect’, a forum 
for employees to collaborate and 
communicate with one another. 

We asked employees across the 
business how our actions had 
been received; in response to the 
question ‘Gattaca has implemented 
appropriate precautions to keep 
me safe during the COVID-19 
Pandemic’ we scored 4.3 out of 5, 
with positive sentiment around our 
approach to communication, as well 
as supporting our people personally 
and professionally. 

By utilising the UK Government 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme, 
this enabled us to support our 
staff while taking a considered 
approach to potential longer term 
actions required. In July 2020, we 
announced that we were entering 
into a collective consultation; 
this resulted in the removal of 
93 roles from the UK business. 
This was not only in response to 
the trading impact of COVID-19, 
but also an acceleration of our 
Improvement Plan to ensure we had 
the correct skills operating in the 
correct markets. Our value ‘Take 
Pride’ was prevalent in how we 
supported employees throughout 
this challenging time, offering an 
enhanced redundancy package and 
career transition support.

Attracting, developing and 
retaining exceptional talent
We want Gattaca employees to 
be inspired by the people around 
them and to love the work they 
do. Creating opportunities for 
them to forge a successful career 
in recruitment by providing 
the correct training, tools and 
inspirational leadership is integral 
in ensuring our people are engaged 
and performing highly. Whilst our 
overall engagement score remains 

high at 78%, our new engagement 
tool, launching in November 2020, 
will provide actionable insights 
for our managers and leaders, 
enabling them to be accountable 
for improving the engagement of 
their employees. 

In the last year we have 
specifically targeted talent that 
can demonstrate behaviours 
that directly relate to our values, 
introducing psychometric toolkits 
to further assess candidate 
suitability. We have created new 
joiner communities that experience 
a refreshed Sales Academy, 
supported by recruitment 
specialist trainers and access to 
our online learning platform, which 
contains over 20 learning plans, 
ranging from compliance focused 
modules and systems training, to 
sales negotiation. 

We launched a call coaching 
platform across the business to 
capture coachable moments, which 
is returning value for both new and 
experienced employees. The tool 
has proved vital during the long 
stints of remote working; sharing 
best practice via the platform has 
meant that despite the physical 
distance, we can still benefit from 
the knowledge and experience of 
our senior people. 

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements36

Gattaca plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Responsible Business continued

The physical, mental and financial 
wellbeing of Gattaca’s employees 
and stakeholders remains critical. 
We were winners at this year’s 
Reward and Employee Benefits 
Association’s Employee Wellbeing 
Awards for ‘Best Approach to 
Day-to-Day Financial Wellbeing’ 
by applying the knowledge of our 
workforce demographic to support 
our employees with their day-to-
day finances. We partnered with our 
Employee Assistance Programme 
and private medical insurance 
providers to communicate the 
available support services and to 
encourage employees to utilise them. 

Our employees continue to be 
passionate about supporting 
our communities:

•  During May, we partnered with 
one of our Defence clients to 
complete a combined 4,200km 
and raise £1,150 for Refuge, a 
domestic violence charity

•  During the months of UK 

lockdown, our Engineering 
Technology team ran a collective 
813 miles; the equivalent of 
Land’s End to John O’Groats 
and raised a remarkable £1,469 
for the NHS and Key Workers 
charities. The challenge they 
set themselves became the 
key morale boosting ‘glue’ 

that helped the team remain 
positive and healthy during the 
turbulent months

•  In 2020, the company  

donated £18,000 to charity 
(2019: £50,000)

A sustainable business 
As a Group we are committed to the 
long-term sustainable success of 
the business. For more information 
on the steps we are taking to reduce 
our carbon footprint, see our energy 
and carbon report on page 39.

COVID-19 has shown us what is 
possible, with all our offices moving 
to remote working in a matter of 
days. This flexibility has resulted in 
a better work life balance for most 
employees and complimented our 
commitment to reducing our impact 
on the environment. However, we 
also recognise that remote working 
can put additional strains on some 
people, especially more junior 
staff or those with suboptimal 
infrastructure at home and we are 
committed to providing support 
where it is needed.

We are dedicated to maintaining 
many of the environmental gains 
we have discovered. We have taken 
steps to better use our estate 
portfolio by closing one of our 
office buildings at our head office 

site and are redirecting investment 
into a range of technological tools 
to ensure we can engage with our 
staff, clients and candidates in the 
most efficient way. 

We recognise that there is more 
we can do and want to set out our 
commitment to having a positive 
impact on people, the environment 
and the economy. We have 
initiated a materiality assessment 
by an external consultancy firm, 
from which we will work with our 
stakeholders to set some key goals 
that resonate across the whole 
business and for all stakeholders. 
This approach will help us to engage 
our current and potential employees 
with our sustainability commitment 
whilst ensuring real and meaningful 
actions happen.

The year ahead
Our culture has shone through this 
year; the collaborative way our 
business has pulled together is 
testament to our fantastic people 
and their desire to be successful 
in challenging circumstances 
has maintained our resilience. 
As we enter into the next phase 
of our journey, it is essential our 
employees connect with Gattaca’s 
purpose and how they individually 
contribute towards it; performance 
and engagement remain an 
absolute priority. 

  Stakeholder engagement 
  Page 40

 
Strategic Report
Responsible Business

37

The physical, mental and financial wellbeing of 
Gattaca’s employees, communities and stakeholders 
has been critical this year. 

a w ard s in th e ye ar
4 6
L o n g service 

S c ore d In o ur e n g a g e m e nt  
survey th e m e “I a m  pro u d to 
81%  
w ork for G attaca”

of o ur staff d o n ate d to 
c h arity thro u g h p ayroll
3 9 %  

How our people responded to the pandemic 

The way our people responded to the crisis has been phenomenal. The support and care 
they have shown each other, our customers and communities has been the best example of 
our employees living our value of ‘Take Pride’. Our objective from the beginning of the crisis 
was to ensure we engaged with all our stakeholders, committing to communicate with them 
regularly to support them and make them aware of the steps we were taking to protect the 
business and all of them.

•  As lockdown found many of our 
candidates isolated and working 
remotely we offered tools such 
as Microsoft Teams and our video 
interviewing software to support 
them in connecting with clients 
during the recruitment process

•  We built a COVID-19 Support 

Centre on the Gattaca website to 
support our clients, contractors 
and candidates through the 
pandemic. This hub contained 
information on the COVID-19 
situation as it developed, updated 
government schemes and 
market advice. There was also 
advice to support with wellbeing 
challenges, remote working and 
resources for home schooling 
including activities to inspire 
children into STEM subjects

Supporting our contractors
We worked hard throughout 
lockdown to ensure that our 
contractors were not only safe but 
that they could continue to work, 
either onsite or remotely dependant 
on the market. 

•  Our first priority was to ensure 

that there was no impact 
on contractor pay with the 
introduction of lockdown. Our 
IT and Finance teams set up the 
systems and processes needed 
to run our contractor payrolls 
remotely in a matter of days 
and our entire contractor base 
continued to be paid on time 

•  We moved quickly to support 
contractors who were eligible 
for furlough under the UK 
Government Coronavirus Job 
Retention Scheme, in order to 
protect their roles and reduce 
impact on our clients businesses

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements38 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Responsible Business continued

•  We hosted webinars and 
roundtables to facilitate 
collaboration and encourage 
support networks across our 
client base. Some of the topics 
included how to utilise digital 
talent acquisition technologies 
across the areas of the 
recruitment cycle to ensure 
that recruitment didn’t stop 
due to lockdown, maintaining 
and improving their employer 
brand and candidate experience 
throughout the pandemic 
and ensuring their workplace 
was safe. We made extensive 
changes to our global offices 
as a result of the COVID-19 safe 
working guidance that emerged 
in different areas and produced 
a very comprehensive playbook 
which we then shared with 
our clients

Supporting our clients
An important part of our role is 
supporting our clients through 
change. A true partnership means 
helping our partners, not just 
through the highs but also the lows. 
We consulted with our clients on 
how to engage and retain their 
people through lockdown, how to 
continue recruitment as well as cost 
control and cash flow strategies 
where needed. These are some of 
the ways we supported our clients:

•  Communications: Pre-lockdown 
we conducted research with our 
flexible workforce to examine 
their ability to work from home if 
required and what resources they 
would require if the need arose. 
We shared these results with our 
clients, working with them to take 
steps to make sure they could 
stay 100% operational

•  During the time of transition into 
lockdown, companies needed 
to give regular and accurate 
update to their entire workforce. 
We supported our clients by 
offering guidance and proactive 
communications that they could 
distribute to keep their workforce 
advised and ensured they had 
a full understanding of the 
government support for  
workers that was available

•  As it became apparent some 

of our client’s businesses were 
severely affected by the impact 
of COVID-19, we worked with 
them on cost control or cash flow 
management strategies. Some 
less affected markets were able 
to increase cash flow support 
to us, which in turn enabled us 
to support other clients in more 
challenging markets by extending 
payment terms or implementing 
short-term rate reductions

•  As well as arranging for the 
quarantining of contractors 
where necessary, we ensured 
they completed their induction 
and onboarding during this time 
to ensure they were productive 
as soon as they got to site

•  In the Energy market we created 
bubbles of resource and adapted 
rota schedules so candidates 
could work in offshore locations 
for longer periods to keep the 
workers safe and so we could 
continue to support the demands 
of our clients

•  Recognising many clients would 
not have the infrastructure to 
cope with the large volumes of 
Key Workers they needed to 
recruit, we launched ‘Operation 
Key Worker’ to support clients 
who were hiring with attraction, 
assessment and selection or 
deployment services

Strategic Report
Responsible Business

39

2019–2020 Energy and carbon reporting

This year we have calculated our environmental impact across scope 1, 2 and 3 (selected categories) 
emission sources for the UK only. Our emissions are presented on both a location and market basis. 
On a location basis (using the UK grid emissions intensity) our emissions are 207 tCO2e, which is an 
average impact of 0.5 tCO2e per employee. We have calculated emission intensity metrics on both 
an employee and floor area basis, which we will monitor to track performance in our subsequent 
environmental disclosures.

Energy and carbon action 
As a Group, we consider the impact our buildings 
and vehicle use have on the environment. As such, 
over the course of the last year we have taken 
measures to meet our environmental responsibilities 
and reduce our emissions through: 

•  Reducing travel – we promote the use of 

technology to attend remote meetings and 
encouraged working from home wherever possible, 
prior to the pandemic lockdown. We also had a 
full year of benefit from our car share scheme, 
reducing the number of independent journeys and 
parking congestion on our Whiteley campus

•  Implementing half-hourly meters – these meters 
have been fitted into two of our UK offices, with 
a third to be installed shortly, allowing us to 
better monitor our energy consumption across 
our property portfolio

•  Improving print management – we have carried 
out a printer use assessment across our offices, 
disabling and reducing printers where appropriate

2019–2020 results 
The methodology used to calculate the Greenhouse 
Gas (‘GHG’) emissions is in accordance with the 
requirements of the following standards: 

•  World Resources Institute (‘WRI’) Greenhouse 

Gas (‘GHG’) Protocol (revised version) 

•  Defra’s Environmental Reporting Guidelines: 
Including Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting requirements (March 2019)

•  UK office emissions have been calculated using 
the DEFRA 2020 issue of the conversion factor 
repository

Following an operational control approach to 
defining our organisational boundary, our calculated 
GHG emissions from business activities fall within 
the reporting period of August 2019 to July 2020.

Emissions and Energy Usage 

Scope 1 (tCO2e)

Total Scope 1 (tCO2e)

Scope 2 (tCO2e)

Scope 3 (tCO2e)

Emissions Source

Natural Gas

Company and leased cars

Electricity

Electricity transmission and distribution

Employee cars

Total Scope 3 (tCO2e)

Total (Market Based) (tCO2e)

Total (Location Based) (tCO2e)

Total Energy Usage (kWh)

Normaliser

Normaliser

tCO2e per FTE
tCO2e per m2

2019–2020

4

77

81

109

9

8

17

257

207

852,643

0.5

0.03

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements40 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Responsible Business continued

Stakeholder engagement and section 172

The Board recognises that the long-term success of the business is dependent on the way 
we interact with a range of key stakeholders.

As a business, we believe Gattaca has a history of collaborative and informative stakeholder 
engagement and considerate decision-making. This has been previously demonstrated by 
our compliance with the QCA Code, which under principles 3 and 9 requires companies 
to take account of wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for 
long-term success and to maintain governance structures and processes that support good 
decision-making.

This section articulates how, as 
required by section 172 of the 
UK Companies Act 2006, the 
Directors have acted to promote 
the success of the Group for 
the benefit of its stakeholders. 
In meeting this responsibility 
during the year, the Directors 
have had regard, amongst other 
matters, to: 

A  the likely consequences  
of any decisions in the  
long term;

B  the interests of the  
Group’s employees;

C  the need to foster 

the Group’s business 
relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others;

D  the impact of the 

Group’s operations on 
the community and 
environment;

E  the Group’s reputation for 
high standards of business 
conduct; and

F  the need to act fairly  
as between members  
of the Group.

Clients

Candidates

Employees

Investors

Why we engage

How we engage

Material topics

Gattaca’s success has been built 
on numerous long-standing and 
trusted client relationships. We must 
ensure that we understand evolving 
client requirements in order to best 
match them with our candidates.

One of Gattaca’s key strengths 
is building relationships with 
candidates that last many years and 
even across whole careers. In-depth 
candidate knowledge also enables 
us to deliver services and solutions 
for our clients.

We are a people business, and 
the knowledge, experience and 
dedication of our team members 
is paramount to our success. In 
order to attract and retain the best 
people, and to get the most out 
of them during their time with us, 
we believe in fostering a culture of 
engagement, collaboration, support 
and inclusivity.

The Board regards effective 
communication with shareholders 
as crucial to understanding 
and meeting their needs and 
expectations. The full Board 
regularly considers feedback  
from investors.

We engage with clients via regular communications 

•  Recruitment services and solutions

in our day-to-day activities, and via formal 

feedback requests.

•  Market expertise

•  Access to high quality candidates

•  Building long-term partnerships

We engage with candidates via regular 

•  Career opportunities

communications in our day-to-day activities, and 

via formal feedback requests. This year we mapped 

candidate journeys to identify improvements.

•  The candidate experience

•  Data governance

•  Building long-term partnerships

Our ongoing employee engagement programme 

•  Training and development opportunities

includes our employee engagement survey 

‘Have your say’, group forums, intranet forums, 

onboarding surveys and exit interviews. During 

the pandemic, we maintained engagement and 

dialogue via regular digital communication and 

virtual meetings, and gathered employee feedback 

on our response via our COVID-19 Sentiment Survey. 

We will be launching a new engagement tool in 

November 2020.

•  Career progression and recognition

•  Compensation and incentives

•  Company culture and reputation

•  Health, safety and wellbeing

Our investor relations programme includes 

•  Financial and operational performance

presentations and the opportunity for shareholders 

to meet with the Chairman, Chief Executive 

Officer and Chief Financial Officer following the 

announcement of our interim and preliminary 

results. We release the results of general meetings 

through a regulatory news service and also on 

our website, which also contains historical results, 

presentations and communications.

•  Long-term growth 

•  Business model and strategy

•  Capital allocation 

•  Dividends

Strategic Report
Responsible Business

41

Why we engage

How we engage

Material topics

We engage with clients via regular communications 
in our day-to-day activities, and via formal 
feedback requests.

•  Recruitment services and solutions

•  Market expertise

•  Access to high quality candidates

•  Building long-term partnerships

We engage with candidates via regular 
communications in our day-to-day activities, and 
via formal feedback requests. This year we mapped 
candidate journeys to identify improvements.

•  Career opportunities

•  The candidate experience

•  Data governance

•  Building long-term partnerships

Our ongoing employee engagement programme 
includes our employee engagement survey 
‘Have your say’, group forums, intranet forums, 
onboarding surveys and exit interviews. During 
the pandemic, we maintained engagement and 
dialogue via regular digital communication and 
virtual meetings, and gathered employee feedback 
on our response via our COVID-19 Sentiment Survey. 
We will be launching a new engagement tool in 
November 2020.

Our investor relations programme includes 
presentations and the opportunity for shareholders 
to meet with the Chairman, Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer following the 
announcement of our interim and preliminary 
results. We release the results of general meetings 
through a regulatory news service and also on 
our website, which also contains historical results, 
presentations and communications.

•  Training and development opportunities

•  Career progression and recognition

•  Compensation and incentives

•  Company culture and reputation

•  Health, safety and wellbeing

•  Financial and operational performance

•  Long-term growth 

•  Business model and strategy

•  Capital allocation 

•  Dividends

Gattaca’s success has been built 

on numerous long-standing and 

trusted client relationships. We must 

ensure that we understand evolving 

client requirements in order to best 

match them with our candidates.

One of Gattaca’s key strengths 

is building relationships with 

candidates that last many years and 

even across whole careers. In-depth 

candidate knowledge also enables 

us to deliver services and solutions 

for our clients.

We are a people business, and 

the knowledge, experience and 

dedication of our team members 

is paramount to our success. In 

order to attract and retain the best 

people, and to get the most out 

of them during their time with us, 

we believe in fostering a culture of 

engagement, collaboration, support 

and inclusivity.

The Board regards effective 

communication with shareholders 

as crucial to understanding 

and meeting their needs and 

expectations. The full Board 

regularly considers feedback  

from investors.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements42 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Responsible Business continued

Stakeholder engagement and section 172 continued

Principal decisions in 2020
The Board considered the interests of and the impact on all stakeholders when making  
a number of key decisions during the year, as demonstrated by the following examples.

Principal decision 1
Re-opening our global offices in line with COVID-19 secure guidance as local lockdowns eased around  
the world.

In making the decision, we considered:

The impact on the long-
term sustainable success  
of the Company

Our people responded fantastically as local lockdown measures were 
implemented around the world and our business maintained full operational 
capacity throughout a long period of remote working.

Stakeholder considerations

There have undoubtably been operational, financial and environmental benefits 
from enabling our workforce to work remotely over this time and some of 
those new discoveries we are committed to maintaining longer term. However, 
our people also thrive on face-to-face interaction, building collaboration 
and rapport. In addition, some individuals have struggled from a wellbeing 
perspective throughout this time, as remote working can leave individuals feeling 
isolated or working in suboptimal environments.

Therefore we were committed to ensuring that we were supporting our 
employees where they needed either access to an office environment to work 
from, or the ability to safely interact in person with colleagues, as soon as it was 
considered safe to do so.

Employees
We undertook an employee wellbeing survey specific to our response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic, to understand how our people were coping and what 
support they needed, as well as separate reviews of IT equipment and remote 
working infrastructure to understand what needed to be addressed to support 
our people best.

Once local guidance was released regarding return to work, we reviewed this in 
detail, undertook focussed assessments of our offices against what was required, 
determined what would be possible to achieve and undertook a program of 
actions to create COVID safe workspaces. 

We used the feedback from our staff to determine who was most in need of 
use of office working environments to enable prioritisation of those individuals 
for the limited space we had available, whilst still enabling hybrid use of our 
offices for project teams where in-person collaboration was considered highly 
beneficial, in a managed and controlled way.

Clients, candidates and investors
By ensuring our people are supported in their working environment in a safe 
and secure way, we are fostering the engagement, drive and focus we need to 
ensure we continue to deliver effective business results for our all our external 
stakeholder groups throughout the pandemic.

Outcome

Our offices around the globe have opened safely where possible and in line with local guidance, keeping 
our people secure, enabling hybrid working for those individuals who struggle with remote working due to 
suboptimal infrastructure at home or for wellbeing reasons, and supporting the continuation of key projects 
where in-person collaboration is of vital benefit.

Strategic Report
Responsible Business

43

Principal decision 2 
In July we started a redundancy process that put up to 150 roles in the UK at risk. The decision was part of 
our ongoing commitment to the transformation journey of our Improvement Plan, but also in response to 
the impact of COVID-19 on our business.

In making the decision, we considered:

The impact on the long-
term sustainable success  
of the Company

Stakeholder considerations

The Improvement Plan is dedicated to taking the fundamental strengths of the 
business and evolving them to deliver long-term sustainable growth.

Though the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has led to an acceleration of the 
programme, the decision to reshape our teams is consistent with our long-term 
thinking, approach and goals. 

We determined that undertaking this process would ensure we have the correct 
skills operating in the correct markets, as well as delivering significant cost savings.

Employees
We considered the impact the reshaping process would have on the entire team 
in line with our Company values.

After identifying 150 ‘at-risk’ individuals, we entered into a collective consultation 
with the employees to carefully assess the skills required to take Gattaca 
forward. By engaging with those at risk, we were able to redeploy many 
individuals into more suitable roles.

In considering the needs of those employees whose roles were made redundant, 
we determined an enhanced redundancy payment and career transition support 
would be appropriate.

Clients and candidates
Growing our customer base and deepening relationships are central to Customer 
focus strategic priority of the Improvement Plan. 

Ensuring there would be no impact on our ability to continue to deliver for our 
clients and candidates was a fundamental consideration in making the decision 
to streamline our teams.

Investors
The purpose of the Improvement Plan is to evolve the business to ensure it 
continues to deliver sustainable growth in the long term. 

With the added impact of COVID-19, we considered the impact on our ability to 
deliver for our investors and took the decision to accelerate cost-saving actions 
with the goal of restoring returns for our investors at the earliest opportunity.

Outcome

The process resulted in 93 roles being made redundant and over 50 employees being redeployed in more 
suitable roles. It will result in £4m of annualised cost savings for the Group, and continues the Improvement 
Plan’s progress on delivering efficiency and productivity.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements44 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Risk Management

The Group is well 
placed to manage 
its business risks 
successfully

Ultimate responsibility for risk management 
rests with the Board but day-to-day 
management of risk is delivered through  
the way we do business and our culture. 

Board 

Overall responsibility  
for the management  
of risk, including agreeing the 
risk governance framework, 
defining the Group’s risk 
appetite, and approval of key 
risk management policies.

Audit 
Committee 

Reviews the effectiveness of the  
Group’s internal controls and risk  
management framework and policies 
(including reviewing and approving the  
statements to be included in the Annual Report 
concerning internal controls and  
risk management), and recommends  
appropriate levels of risk appetite 
and changes to key policies  
to the Board.

Operational  
Management  
Board

Responsible for day-to-day 
review and management of risk, 
including allocation of risk to 
owners, funding and resource 
allocation, and accountability 
for risk assessment and 
implementation of risk 
mitigations.

Strategic Report
Risk Management

45

Our approach to risk management 
assesses opportunities and threats 
using a ‘top-down’ and ‘bottom-
up’ approach, ensuring that 
whilst risk appetite and principle 
risk identification are managed 
by the Board and operational 
Management Board, we also take 
into account the experience and 
input of each business function as 
regards the risks relevant to their 
area. We recognise that risks and 
uncertainties are an inherent part of 
any business, and seek to manage 
and mitigate risk to achieve our 
strategic priorities whilst protecting 
the interests of all stakeholders. 

The Board, primarily via the Audit 
Committee, is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining the 
Group’s system of internal financial 
control and places importance 
on maintaining a strong control 
environment. The key procedures 
that the Directors have established 
with a view to providing effective 
internal financial control are 
as follows:

•  Our organisational structure has 
clear lines of responsibility and 
we maintain clear delegation of 
authorities;

•  Our comprehensive budget is 

approved by the Board. Monthly 
results are reported against the 
budget and variances are closely 
monitored by the Directors; and

•  The Board is responsible for 

identifying the major business 
risks faced by the Group and 
for determining the appropriate 
courses of action to manage 
these risks

This framework of internal controls 
is designed to meet the Group’s 
particular needs and aims, facilitate 
efficient and effective operations, 
safeguard the Group’s assets, ensure 
proper accounting records are 
maintained, and ensure that financial 
information used within the business 
and for publication is reliable. Such 
a system of internal control can 
only be designed to manage and 
mitigate, rather than eliminate, risk, 
and provide reasonable but not 
absolute assurance against material 
misstatement and loss. 

As part of our commitment to 
continual improvement in this 
area, a revised approach to risk 
management will be implemented 
during the 2021 financial year, 
designed to improve the 
identification and ranking of key 
risk areas, monitoring of mitigation 
action being taken to manage the 
risk, and improved Board reporting 
on the risk register and areas 
of concern. 

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, 
together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, 
performance and position are set 
out in the Strategic Report. The 
financial position of the Group, its 
cash flows and liquidity position 
are described in the Chief Financial 
Officer’s Report. 

There continues to be significant 
uncertainty regarding the ongoing 
potential future impact of the 
COVID-19 outbreak on our clients 
and resultant trading activity. We 
continue to monitor any changes 
and have regular management 
and monthly Board meetings to 
assess the situation. We have a 
wide spread of customers across 
multiple sectors but recognise that 
COVID-19 continues to impact many 
of our customers and contractors 
across many industries. 

The majority of our staff have  
now been working remotely for  
over seven months and there has 
not been any significant impact 
to our ability to operate effectively. 
The initial reduction in contractor 
numbers in April 2020, whilst 
impacting profitability, has 
resulted in reduced working  
capital requirements and has 
created further liquidity. 

We recognise that risks and 
uncertainties are an inherent part of 
any business, and seek to manage  
and mitigate risk whilst protecting 
the interests of all stakeholders.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements46 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Risk Management continued

The Group has also undertaken 
other actions, including an increase 
to the payment terms of certain 
contractors and these actions 
have created a permanent working 
capital benefit, and will reduce 
our working capital requirements 
during growth. We have seen 
early signs of minor extensions 
in debtor days as a result of the 
pandemic impact on trading at 
our clients and we continue to 
be alert for any sudden changes. 
There is sufficient headroom on 
our working capital facilities to 
absorb a level of extensions but 
we would also manage supply to 
the customer if payment within an 
appropriate period was not being 
made. A significant deterioration in 
payment terms would significantly 
impact the Group’s liquidity. Our 
future cost base has also been 
significantly reduced following 
both a number of redundancies 
in 2020 as well as a larger scale 
UK redundancy programme 
announced just before year end. 

Having repaid and cancelled  
the Revolving Credit Facility  
on 27 October 2020, the Group 
is now covenant free.

The Directors have prepared 
detailed cash flow forecasts to 
July 2023, covering a period of 33 
months from the date of approval 

of these financial statements. 
This base case is drawn up with 
appropriate regard for the current 
macroeconomic environment and 
the particular circumstances in 
which the Group operates. This 
conservative base case assumes 
a recovery of the UK business to 
80% of pre-COVID-19 contract and 
permanent NFI by the second half 
of 2021, with further recovery over 
the 2022 and 2023 years. Trading 
has been in line with this forecast 
since the year end. 

The output of the base case 
forecasting process has been 
used to perform sensitivity 
analysis on the Group’s cash flow 
to model the potential effects 
should principal risks actually 
occur either individually or in 
unison. The sensitivity analysis 
modelled scenarios in which 
the Group incurred a sustained 
loss of business arising from a 
prolonged global downturn as a 
result of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
with a range of slower recovery 
scenarios considered. The Group 
has modelled the impact of a 
number of severe but plausible 
scenarios including the sustained 
loss of over 55% of our permanent 
NFI until July 2022 compared to 
March 2020 pre-COVID run rates, 
and a 29% sustained reduction 
in contractor NFI over the same 

period, again compared to March 
2020 pre-COVID run rates, and 
slow recovery after that point. 
This is in conjunction with the 
UK Government’s Coronavirus 
Job Retention Scheme ending 
as currently planned and the 
repayment of our deferred HMRC 
payments in full in March 2021. 
These scenarios, whilst severe, 
still show the Group continuing 
as a going concern and actual 
current trading performance is 
trending above the modelled 
downside scenarios. We have also 
not quantified or included in the 
sensitivity analysis, further working 
capital benefits which are likely 
to occur as we fully embed new 
payment terms across a larger 
proportion of contractor base.

After making appropriate enquiries 
and considering the uncertainties 
described above, the Directors have 
a reasonable expectation at the 
time of approving these financial 
statements that the Group and the 
Company has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. Following 
careful consideration the Directors 
do not consider there to be a 
material uncertainty with regards 
to going concern and consider it 
is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

Strategic Report
Risk Management

47

Viability Statement
The Board formally adopted the QCA 
Code for the year ended 31 July 2018 
onwards. Consistent with previous 
years, Gattaca continues to seek 
to comply with certain provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, where appropriate for our 
business, on a voluntary basis. In 
accordance with this position, and in 
accordance with the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Directors have assessed the long-
term prospects of the Group based 
upon business plans and cash flow 
projections for the three-year period 
ending 31 July 2023.

The period of which the directors 
consider it possible to form a 
reasonable expectation as to the 
Group’s long term viability is the 
three year period to 31 July 2023. 
This is based on the Directors 
confidence in:

•  the Group’s projected financial 

resources, including the expected 
cash generation of its operations;

•  the low likelihood of all or even 
most of the identified potential 
principal risks materialising 
simultaneously;

•  the length of major operating 

contracts;

•  the Group’s diverse geographical 
operations plus its established 
business relationships with 
many customers and suppliers 
throughout the world; and

•  the incorporation of the 

uncertainty arising from the 
COVID-19 pandemic on both the 
Group’s activities and those of 
the wider economies in which  
the Group operates

In forming their opinion, the Directors 
have performed a robust assessment 
of the principal risk and uncertainties 
facing the Group as set out on pages 
48 to 53. In addition, Note 26 to 
the Financial Statements includes 
the Group’s objectives, policies 
and processes for managing its 
capital; its financial risk management 
objectives; details of its financial 
instruments and hedging activities; 
and its exposure to credit risk and 
liquidity risk.

The Directors believe that the Group 
has a robust balance sheet and 
considerable financial resources and 
accordingly they remain confident 
of the Group’s long-term growth 
prospects, based on a diverse range 
of clients and suppliers across 
different geographical locations 
and sectors.

As a consequence, the Directors 
believe that the Group is well  
placed to manage its business  
risks successfully.

Based upon the robust assessment 
of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Group 
and the stress-testing-based 
assessment of the Group’s prospects, 
the Directors have, subject to 
no unforeseen events outside of 
the Group’s control, a reasonable 
expectation, that the Group will be 
able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the period to 31 July 2023.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements48 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Effective Risk Management

Our Corporate Governance Statement on pages 60 to 64 describes the Group’s governance structure. 

The table below details each principal risk, aspects that would be affected if the risk materialised, our 
assessment of the current status of the risk, and how the Group mitigates it.

The Board and functional operational leaders engage in continual horizon scanning to identify and assess 
emerging risks and the potential impact on our business, with regular reporting to the operational Management 
team and Board as appropriate. 

Financial

Risk

Financing

Failure to secure adequate 
financing, whether to fund 
expansion or trading, or to 
finance a bad debt, would have 
a material effect on results. The 
level of contract margins, NFI 
conversion, the terms on which 
we pay and are paid, contract 
versus permanent balance and 
the speed of growth all affect the 
Group’s ability to generate cash. 
Poor trading performance and/
or working capital management 
could lead to a breach in financial 
covenants, leading to borrowings 
being called due. A lower level of 
underlying profitability reduces 
the leverage ratio headroom of 
financial covenants.

Trading across international 
borders raises the risk of foreign 
exchange differences between 
trading currencies, in terms of 
both cash and translated results.

Mitigation

Status

•  We maintain serviceable levels of debt which we have been reducing and a 

strong liquidity position

•  We have strong working capital management, and during the year 

introduced specific actions to better align our contract payment terms to 
normal practice in other industries, contributing approximately £8.5m by 
year end

•  At the year end, the Group had financing facilities of £82.5m, comprising a 

£75m working capital financing facility and a £7.5m Revolving Credit Facility 
(‘RCF’), the latter of which was due to expire in October 2022

•  Subsequent to the year end, the Group paid off the RCF in full, thus 

eliminating all banking covenant requirements

•  We have a rigorous approach to forecasting both net debt and trading 

results monthly, looking forward to at least the next 36 months

•  We have a strong relationship with our bank, which is supportive of our 
business, and we hold regular discussions to ensure we have our bank’s 
backing to fund strategic plans and maintain our working capital facilities. 
Where we foresee material uncertainty we engage proactively with our 
lenders to mitigate this

•  We have procedures to check the creditworthiness of new clients with 

external agencies, regularly reviewing credit limits

•  The Group has a diverse mix of clients and is not financially dependent on 

any single client

•  We took advantage of the Government’s VAT deferral scheme, and as at year 
end had deferred HMRC payment amounting to £10.3m until 31 March 2021

•  For sales denominated in foreign currency, the Group seeks to ensure 

associated direct costs are denominated in the same currency

•  The Group monitors the gap in assets and liabilities denominated in 

foreign currencies required to be translated into Sterling at the year end 
exchange rate

•  The Group regularly exchanges surplus foreign currency to minimise the 
gap in assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency. Our mix of 
international business is low and so any FX exposure would be limited

Key  
Relative severity

Changed during the year

High

Medium

Low

New

Increased

Stable

Decreased

 
Strategic Report
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

49

Market

Risk

Economic environment

There is a correlation between 
the economic conditions of the 
countries we operate in, and 
the level of client and candidate 
confidence, affecting the level 
of recruitment. Too great a 
concentration in one market 
increases this risk.

There is significant economic 
uncertainty in most nations due 
to the COVID-19 pandemic which 
is clearly a significant risk to 
our ability to maintain and grow 
NFI, either through reduced 
requirements for temporary 
staff, by discouraging clients 
to hire permanent staff, or by 
encouraging clients to adopt 
cheaper delivery options. 

A prolonged delay in economic 
recovery and the re-introduction 
of more severe lockdown 
measures in the geographies 
in which we operate also poses 
significant risk.

Dependence on key clients

Too great a dependence on 
one or a few clients may have 
a material adverse effect on 
the Group’s performance and 
cash flow should clients cease 
to procure or pay for services 
in a timely manner.

Where a material relationship 
exists with clients, contract 
negotiations often result in  
cash rebates, or concessions  
on margin or payment terms.

Due to the increased economic 
uncertainty (as highlighted 
above), we consider there to 
be an increased risk of client 
bankruptcies resulting in non-
payment of receivables, and 
reduced demand from larger 
clients over a sustained period  
of time.

Mitigation

Status

•  During the COVID-19 pandemic and the UK lockdown, the Board 
increased frequency of meetings to ensure regular reviews of the 
operations and cash management of the Group. During this period we 
have been carrying out frequent and extensive scenario analysis and 
continue to do so

•  We have taken actions to significantly increase liquidity and strengthen 
our balance sheet and we have also made significant adjustments to our 
cost base. We continue to manage this as markets develop

•  73% of the Group’s NFI is generated from contract business across a broad 

range of sectors and clients, leading to more stable business streams

•  The Group generates 13% of its NFI from its offices in overseas territories, 

thereby helping reduce the risk of reliance on the UK marketplace

•  Separate to the actions we have taken specifically in response to the 

COVID-19 pandemic, we have a rigorous forecasting framework and a 
programme of regular reviews of outcome compared to forecast, providing 
us with early warning signals and enabling us to recalibrate as necessary

•  We continue to manage the balance between temporary and permanent 

business, to ensure flexibility in the face of a turbulent global labour market

•  Specifically in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have increased our 

monitoring around receivables and at this time are not aware of any specific 
issues around key clients but have seen early signs of minor lengthening of 
DSO since year end. We remain diligent in monitoring the situation and are 
working closely with our clients to recover our trade debtors

•  The Group has a very broad base of clients, with no dependency on any 

one client

•  The Group continues to follow its strategy to diversify its client base and 

the mix of its UK and international operations

•  The Group’s legal team review non-standard commercial contracts and 
adhere to a contract playbook which defines our risk appetite. Where 
appropriate, we liaise with our insurance providers regarding onerous  
non-standard terms

•  We conduct detailed and regular credit reviews of all of our client accounts 

•  We utilise our non-recourse invoice financing facility where appropriate 

and maintain credit insurance on a small subset of our clients

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements50 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Market continued

Risk

Brexit

Continued uncertainty regarding 
the post-transitional period 
arrangements presents increased 
risk of general economic 
uncertainty and a more specific 
risk regarding labour movement 
restrictions. 

Competitive environment

The recruitment market is highly 
fragmented and competition 
is intense, placing pressure on 
margin and NFI. The increasing 
use of social media for 
recruitment and a trend towards 
outsourced recruitment models, 
with associated margin pressures, 
can also have an impact.

Further, the commercialisation 
of disruptive technology or 
innovation by either a current or 
new competitor could materially 
alter the recruitment sector by 
challenging the viability of current 
models and therefore the ability 
to sustain revenue and profits.

Shortage of skilled candidates

The availability of highly skilled 
and quality candidates is 
essential to operating in niche 
or high-margin markets. Where 
a shortage of skilled resources 
exists within a market, clients 
have greater need for services 
from staffing solutions businesses, 
however, where a shortage 
reaches extreme levels, it may  
not be possible to fill vacancies.

Mitigation

Status

•  The Group continues to monitor the ongoing negotiations between 

the UK and the EU ahead of 31 December 2020 

•  Our Brexit continuity planning includes profiling our contractor and 
employee base to provide advice and guidance, as appropriate, to  
mitigate adverse impact to assignments and employment 

•  The current economic environment (as highlighted above) favours larger, 
established recruiters such as ourselves as clients review and consider 
risk in their supply chain

•  The Board and Executive meet regularly to discuss and define a clear 

vision of the regions, sectors and skills we operate in. The Group 
undertakes a regular client framework review, seeking to ensure it 
minimises the risk of losing clients to competitors

•  The Group is focusing increasingly on exclusive arrangements and 

new solutions

•  Greater regulatory and compliance requirements in the recruitment 

industry are increasing barriers to entry

•  Implementation of our end-to-end, integrated systems covering applicant 

tracking and vendor management through to billing, collections and 
payments is nearing completion 

•  We differentiate from our competitors by focusing on niche sectors 

and offering customisable solutions on a global scale. Our consultants 
have a narrow and deep focus and build strong relationships with clients 
and candidates alike. This specialist offering enhances our ability to 
source the right candidates and allows us to charge the right prices for 
quality service

•  As a consequence of the increased economic uncertainty, there is likely to 
be greater availability of labour across all of our geographies and markets

Key  
Relative severity

Changed during the year

High

Medium

Low

New

Increased

Stable

Decreased

 
Strategic Report
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

51

Strategic

Risk

Change management

Failure to anticipate and embrace 
change, failure to anticipate key 
strategic changes necessary to 
ensure profitability and/or failure 
to effectively implement change 
leading to delay, or negative 
impact on cost, resource and/or 
ability to operate. 

Reputation

Loss of confidence or support by 
shareholders and/or other key 
stakeholders arising from either 
our own poor performance or 
from the actions of third parties 
may result in diminished ability 
to operate.

Mitigation

Status

•  The Group’s key projects (including our systems upgrade and IR35) are 
managed by dedicated project and change experts with strong project 
governance and regular project reviews with the operational Management 
team and the Board

•  The Group works with stakeholders to ensure our strategy and key 

change management projects are properly communicated and embedded 
effectively across the business

•  The Board regards effective communication with shareholders as crucial 
and operates an ongoing investor relations programme, which includes 
presentations and the opportunity for shareholders to meet with the 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer following 
announcement of our interim and preliminary results. The full Board 
receives reports on feedback from investors

•  We release regular trading updates and the results of general meetings 
through a regulatory news service and also on the Regulatory News 
section of our website. We are committed to regular and transparent 
communications with all stakeholders to mitigate risks in this area

Operational

Talent acquisition, retention, and management

•  The Group’s remuneration policy sets out that the overall remuneration 

package should be sufficiently competitive to attract, retain and motivate 
executives and senior staff with the commercial experience to achieve the 
Group’s strategy

•  We run an employee engagement survey, designed to capture engagement 

on an ongoing basis. For further details, please refer to pag\e 35

•  The Group is placing a greater focus on engaging and developing 

talent and employee wellbeing including through training, performance 
management, leadership development and succession planning

•  Our contracts contain appropriate notice periods and post-termination 
restrictive covenants and we conduct exit interviews to understand 
reasons for attrition

•  We continue to engage and consult with employees who are affected by 
change to mitigate adverse impact and evolve our wellbeing initiatives to 
provide appropriate support

•  We have a broad range of skills experience on our Board and 

operational Management team and are not reliant on any individual 
operational managers

The Group’s performance, 
operating results and future 
growth depend on its ability to 
attract, train, develop and retain 
high-performing individuals to 
meet its growth strategy. Failure 
to attract and retain individuals 
with the right skill set may 
adversely affect the Group’s 
performance. 

As a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic, we have taken action 
to reduce costs across all of our 
operations, which is a key risk 
to engagement and retention 
of remaining staff. In addition, a 
global pandemic increases the 
general risk to engagement and 
resilience. 

Failure to address single points of 
failure and/or dependence on a 
few key individuals poses a risk to 
the Group’s ability to operate. may 
adversely impact performance.

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements52 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Operational continued

Risk

Mitigation

Status

Systems and security

Failure to ensure our technological 
infrastructure remains up to 
date, functional and secure could 
increase the risk of security 
breaches and attacks, an adverse 
effect on the Group’s operations 
and an inability of technology 
systems to support the business 
plan, leading to a material impact 
on the Group’s financial results. A 
loss of confidential or competitive 
information can have an adverse 
impact on operations and the 
reputation of the Group.

Data governance

The Group works with 
confidential, sensitive and 
personal data daily in multiple 
jurisdictions under a variety of 
laws and regulations. 

A material data compliance 
failure could expose the Group 
to potential legal, financial, 
operational and reputational risks.

Business continuity

Our systems are key to enabling 
day-to-day operations. The loss 
of operating technology services 
from one site can lead to a loss of 
business continuity.

COVID-19 presents an increased 
risk to our ability to operate in the 
event large numbers of our staff 
are unable to work due to illness. 

•  Implementation of end-to-end, integrated systems covering applicant 
tracking and vendor management through to billing, collections and 
payments is nearing completion. The implementation of any new system 
presents increased risk, but we have engaged experts to manage this 
project, have strong project governance, conduct regular project reviews 
and have risk mitigation plans in place. We expect, in the longer term, that 
these investments will reduce this risk

•  We take a comprehensive view of cyber security and, through the use of 
specialist security services, have regular penetration testing of security 
measures to review our resilience in light of the changes and threats 
we face

•  Procedures for handling and storing sensitive, confidential and personal 
data are in place across the Group as part of its Data Protection and IT 
Systems Usage policies and information security processes and procedures

•  All employees receive data protection training on joining the Group, 

and regular refresher training sessions. Specialised training is provided 
where required

•  The Group is GDPR compliant and maintains appropriate resource in 
the compliance team to ensure continued compliance. We monitor 
developments in the law and manage our response as appropriate

•  The Group’s approach to business continuity focuses on our critical 

systems and processes to ensure continuity of service, including crucially 
the payment of workers engaged on our clients’ sites. Our planned 
transition to cloud-hosted solutions will enhance our ability to enable 
remote working and reduce the reliance on local office hardware

•  Our business continuity plans were tested with the introduction of 

lockdowns across all of our geographies and our processes proved to 
be fully effective with the entire organisation operating at full capacity, 
remotely within a week

•  We continue to evolve our business continuity planning to mitigate the 

impact of key staff being unavailable for extended periods of time due to 
ill health

Key  
Relative severity

Changed during the year

High

Medium

Low

New

Increased

Stable

Decreased

 
Strategic Report
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

53

Regulatory and legislative environment

Risk

Mitigation

Legal and fiscal compliance

Status

The Group operates in a 
number of jurisdictions, 
which have differing 
legal, tax, regulatory and 
compliance requirements. 
Failure to comply with 
any such legal, tax, 
regulatory or contractual 
compliance requirements 
could expose the Group 
to potential legal, financial 
and reputational risks.

•  The Group continues to invest in its dedicated legal and compliance, and tax 
functions which manage the Group’s compliance with its legal and regulatory 
obligations and monitor changes in legislation that affect our business, supported by 
leading external advisers as appropriate

•  The Group also works closely with the Recruitment and Employment Confederation 
(‘REC’) to ensure it is up to date with all industry trends and best practice relating to 
current and emerging legislative and regulatory changes in the markets we operate in

•  The Group has clearly defined standards covering our business activities, which are 
outlined in our Code of Professional Conduct with which all employees are required 
to comply. The Group also has clear policies and statements setting out the Group’s 
zero-tolerance approach to Bribery and Corruption, Facilitation of Tax Evasion, 
and Modern Slavery. All of these core policies are referred to in our contracts of 
employment, and are underpinned by training to reinforce these policies, and the 
associated required behaviour from employees

•  The Group is committed to providing for the health, safety and welfare of all of its 
employees and has established an Occupational Health and Safety Management 
System that complies with OHSAS 18001:2007. The Group also has procedures 
in place to comply with all legal and contractual obligations relevant to the 
Group’s activities

•  Separately the Group holds appropriate levels of public liability, employers’ liability 

and professional indemnity insurance

•  The Group re-opened its UK offices in line with COVID-19 Secure guidance and 

continues to evolve our working practices in line with the changing situation. The 
Group maintains regular dialogue with all stakeholders to mitigate key risks to health 
where possible

•  The Group made use of the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme for our employees 

and contractors, an area that will undoubtedly be under intense scrutiny. We 
implemented robust and effective processes and procedures to ensure we were 
meticulous in the claims process and to ensure our furloughed colleagues adhered to 
the guidance by not working whilst on furlough

•  The Group maintains an independent whistleblowing reporting service for employees 
to raise any matters of concern anonymously. Any reported incidents are investigated 
and reported to the Audit Committee

•  The Group has a dedicated senior tax resource and utilises the expertise of external 
advisers across the jurisdictions in which we operate. The Audit Committee provides 
governance and oversight of the Group’s tax risks

•  As a leading staffing solutions provider, we were prepared for the changes to the IR35 
rules in the private sector and were working closely with our clients, with whom the 
primary responsibility for determination rests, to manage this change, and continue to 
be prepared for the delayed implementation of these changes in April 2021

•  Although there has been an increase in legal and regulatory requirements on our 
business over the past few years, we are comfortable that we are managing these 
external developments appropriately and responsibly. In this regard, we consider 
that the external risk environment in this area has not changed. As noted on 
page 137, we continue to cooperate with US authorities with respect to historical 
transactions in our discontinued telecommunication infrastructure business

Strategic Report approval
The Strategic Report on pages 10 to 53 was approved by the Board of Directors on 3 November 2020  
and signed on its behalf by

Kevin Freeguard 
Chief Executive Officer   

Salar Farzad
Chief Financial Officer

OverviewGovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
54 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Governance

56  

58 

60  

65 

68  

73  

76  

Chairman’s Introduction to Governance

Board of Directors

Corporate Governance Statement

Directors’ Report

Audit Committee Report

Nominations Committee Report

Remuneration Committee Report

£ 5 4.3 m
£ 6 9.1 m

N S

UIN

G O P E R A TIO
2 0 19 restate d
2 0 2 0 

N TIN

O

M  C

O

M E F R

O

C

£ 5 4.3 m
(2 019 restate d: £ 6 9.1 m )
N E T F E E IN

55

56 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Chairman’s Introduction to Governance

Committed to a 
culture of good 
governance

“  The Board’s focus in 2020 has been 

to address the COVID-19 crisis, 
ensuring appropriate governance 
and oversight during this constantly 
changing situation.”

10 0 %  
B o ard atte n d a n ce

IS O 4 5 0 01 (h e alth & safety) a n d IS O 9 0 01 (q u ality)
IS O 14 0 01 (e n viro n m e ntal),  
IS O certificatio ns:  

3

interactio ns b et w e e n th e b o ard  
a n d sh are h old ers d urin g F Y 2 0

3 7

I am pleased to present the Board’s Annual Report on 
Corporate Governance. 

The Board has adopted the QCA’s Corporate Governance 
Code (‘the QCA Code’) although, where appropriate for 
our business, Gattaca also seeks to comply with certain 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, on a 
voluntary basis. This Annual Report, together with the 
information on our website, sets out how we comply with 
the principles of the QCA Code and provides insights into 
how our governance framework underpins our day-to-
day activities and decisions.

The Board’s focus for the second half of this year has 
been to address the COVID-19 crisis and, in response to 
this, the activities and frequency of meetings increased to 
ensure appropriate governance and oversight during this 
constantly changing situation. The Board worked with the 
operational Management Team to ensure that all actions 
taken in response to the crisis prioritised the safety 
of our staff and contractors, and were aligned to the 
Group’s strategic objectives and values. The increased 
intensity and pace of Board activity during this period 
demonstrates our governance framework in action, and 
our commitment and to safeguarding and promoting the 
long-term success of the business for all stakeholders.

Patrick Shanley
Non-Executive Chairman 

3 November 2020

Governance
Chairman’s Introduction 
to Governance

57

IS O 4 5 0 01 (h e alth & safety) a n d IS O  9 0 01 (q u ality)

IS O 14 0 01 (e n viro n m e ntal),  

IS O certificatio ns:  

3

Corporate Governance at a glance

Board  
Composition

Executive  

33%

Non-Executive  67%

Board  
Tenure

0–3 years  33%

3–6 years  33%

6+ years 

33%

The right balance of skills and experience 

Executive

Non-Executive

Appointed

December 2015

August 2011

June 2018

July 1984

October 2018

June 2017

Tenure

4 years

9 years

2 years

36 years

2 years

3 years

Staffing 
Solutions

Customer 
service/
marketing

People

Operations International Technology Regulatory

Finance

Patrick Shanley (Chair)

Richard Bradford

David Lawther

George Materna

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

Patrick Shanley (Chair)

Richard Bradford

David Lawther

George Materna

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements58 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Board of Directors

The right mix of skills 
and experience 

Patrick Shanley
Independent  
Non-Executive Chairman

Kevin Freeguard
Chief Executive Officer

Salar Farzad
Chief Financial Officer

Appointment

December 2015

October 2018

June 2017

Committee 
membership

Skills and experience

Kevin was previously 
Managing Director for 
Verifone from 2015 to 
2018 and has extensive 
international and business 
transformation experience 
across multiple sectors 
including Financial 
Services, Technology and 
Industrial, having held 
senior leadership positions 
with organisations such as 
De La Rue, Siemens and 
Motorola.

Patrick has extensive 
boardroom experience 
having previously been 
Chairman of chemicals 
business, Accsys 
Technologies, CFO of 
Courtaulds plc and Acordis 
bv, CEO of Corsadi bv, 
Chairman of Cordenka 
Investments bv and of 
Finacor bv. Patrick began 
his career working for 
British Coal where he 
qualified as a chartered 
management accountant. 
He has a strong operational, 
restructuring, merger and 
acquisition background 
within a manufacturing 
environment.

Salar, a chartered 
accountant, has a 
background of finance 
leadership in high-paced 
international businesses 
experiencing significant 
change. His previous 
roles include Group 
CFO of Zodiak Media, 
Global Finance Director 
of Macmillan Science 
& Education, CFO of 2 
Entertain, CFO of MTV 
Networks International and 
finance leadership roles 
with EMI Music within its 
North American and digital 
operations. His early career 
was with Price Waterhouse 
in Audit followed by lead 
advisory M&A. 

Governance
Board of Directors

59

Key to Committee membership

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Chairman

George Materna
Non-Executive  
Deputy Chairman

Richard Bradford
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

David Lawther
Independent  
Non-Executive Director, 
Senior Independent 
Director1

Katie Selves2
Group Company Secretary 
and General Counsel

July 1984

August 2011

June 2018

December 2017

George has over 40 
years’ experience in the 
recruitment industry 
and is the founder of the 
Group, having founded 
Matchmaker Personnel 
in 1984 and Matchtech 
Engineering in 1990, 
before combining the 
two businesses in 2002 
to form Matchtech Group 
plc. George is a fellow 
of both the Institute of 
Recruitment Professionals 
and the Chartered 
Institute of Personnel and 
Development. The Board 
does not consider George 
to be independent.

Richard is Chairman of 
InHealth Group, the leading 
independent UK provider 
of Diagnostic Services and 
investor in digital health 
ventures. He is a Director 
and Deputy Chair of IHPN, 
and has a background in 
leading service businesses, 
in his early career in 
Logistics and then for 11 
years as Chief Executive of 
Carlisle Group up to and 
including the merger to 
create Impellam.

Katie was appointed as 
General Counsel in October 
2018. With over 11 years’ 
experience in private practice 
in the City of London, Katie 
joined the Group in 2016 as 
Head of Employment and 
was promoted to Group 
Company Secretary and Head 
of Legal and Compliance 
in December 2017. Prior to 
qualifying as a solicitor, Katie 
worked as an HR specialist 
and is a chartered member 
of the Chartered Institute of 
Personnel and Development. 
In her role as Company 
Secretary, Katie advises  
the Board on all  
governance matters. 

David is a senior leader in 
the global construction 
industry. He was formerly 
CEO at ISG Plc, where 
he grew the company 
to a £1.6bn turnover, 
operating internationally 
in 26 countries – gaining 
its reputation as a world-
leading fit-out specialist 
focused on commercial, 
retail and data centres. 
Prior to that, David was 
Chief Financial Officer at 
ISG. David has served as 
the Group Finance Director 
for Wilson Connelly 
Holdings, a quoted house 
builder and commercial 
property developer 
operating across the UK. 
David is also currently a 
non-executive chairman 
for Syntegragroup plc and 
senior independent non-
executive for Maris LLP.

1  David Lawther was appointed as Senior Independent Director on 10 December 2019. 

2  Katie Selves is not a member of the Board.

Note: Keith Lewis was an Executive Director of the Board and Chief Operating Officer until he resigned on 5 November 2019.

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements60 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Corporate Governance Statement

QCA Code compliance

The Board has adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance (QCA) Corporate Governance Code. 
Set out below is our Statement of Compliance with the key principles of the QCA Code.

Governance Principle

Compliant Explanation

Further Reading

Establish a strategy and 
business model which 
promotes long-term value 
for shareholders.

By providing recruitment solutions and support 
to both clients and candidates with engineering 
and technology skills, we help to unleash 
potential in people, projects and companies.

See pages 12 to 23

1

2

3

Seek to understand and 
meet shareholder needs 
and expectations.

Take into account wider 
stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their 
implications for long-term 
success.

4 Embed effective risk 

management, considering 
both opportunities and 
threats, throughout the 
organisation.

5 Maintain the Board as a 

well-functioning, balanced 
team led by the Chair.

The CEO and CFO communicate regularly  
with shareholders, investors and analysts, 
including at our half-yearly results roadshows. 
The full Board is available at the Annual 
General Meeting (‘AGM’) to communicate  
with shareholders. 

www.gattacaplc.com/
investors/corporate-
governance

In addition to our shareholders, our 
clients, candidates, contractors, suppliers 
and employees are our most important 
stakeholders. We engage with these 
communities via regular communications  
in our day-to-day activities, and via formal 
feedback requests.

See pages 21 and  
34 to 43

Ultimate responsibility for risk management 
rests with the Board but day-to-day 
management of risk is delivered through  
the way we do business and our culture.

See pages 44 to 53

The Board has three established Committees 
for Audit, Nominations and Remuneration.  
The composition and experience of the  
Board is reviewed regularly, primarily by  
the Nominations Committee. 

See pages 73 to 
75 (Nominations 
Committee Report)

6

Ensure that between 
them the Directors have 
the necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills and 
capabilities.

The Board is satisfied that its current 
composition includes an appropriate balance 
of skills, experience and capabilities, including 
experience of the recruitment, technology and 
international markets.

See pages 57 to 59

Governance
Corporate Governance 
Statement

61

The CEO and CFO communicate 
regularly with shareholders, 
investors and analysts

Governance Principle

Compliant Explanation

Further Reading

7

Evaluate Board 
performance based on clear 
and relevant objectives, 
seeking continuous 
improvement.

See page 64 

The Board regularly considers the effectiveness 
and relevance of its contributions, any 
learning and development needs and the 
level of scrutiny of the Senior Management 
Team. During the 2019 financial year the 
Board commissioned an independent Board 
Evaluation which included face-to-face 
interviews with all Directors and members of 
the operational Management Board. The output 
of the Evaluation was presented to the Board 
during this financial year, and included a formal 
report and an informal feedback session which 
was attended by the whole Board. 

8

Promote a corporate culture 
that is based on ethical 
values and behaviours.

Our Code of Professional Conduct sets out 
our corporate values and behaviours, which 
are reinforced via training and performance 
management. 

See pages 34 to 36 

9 Maintain governance 

structures and processes 
that are fit for purpose and 
support good decision-
making by the Board.

The Board is responsible for the Group’s 
overall strategic direction and management, 
and for the establishment and maintenance 
of a framework of delegated authorities and 
controls to ensure the efficient and effective 
management of the Group’s operations. The 
Board maintains a list of matters reserved for 
the Board.

See pages 44 to 45 and 
www.gattacaplc.com/
investors/corporate-
governance/role-of-the-
board 

10 Communicate how the 
Company is governed 
and is performing by 
maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other 
relevant stakeholders.

The Investors section of our website includes 
our results, presentations and communications 
to shareholders. We release the results of 
general meetings through a regulatory news 
service and also on the Regulatory News 
section of our website. 

www.gattacaplc.com/
investors

Board composition
The Board, via the Nominations Committee, regularly 
reviews the composition of the Board. At the date 
of this report, the Board has four Non-Executive 
Directors, including the Chairman. The Board 
considers the independence of the Board annually to 
determine independence from management on the 
basis that the Directors have no business or other 
relationship that could interfere materially with the 
exercise of their judgement. Due to George Materna’s 
long-standing relationship with the Group and his 

material shareholding, the Board does not consider 
George Materna to be independent. The composition 
of the Board as at the date of this report therefore 
comprises three Independent Directors and three Non-
Independent Directors (including Executive Directors).

Under the Company’s Articles of Association, all 
Directors must retire at the first AGM following their 
appointment and may offer themselves for election or 
re-election by shareholders. In accordance with best 
practice, all Directors will retire at the AGM and, being 
eligible, will offer themselves for election or re-election.

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
62 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Corporate Governance Statement continued

Governance structure
The Board has three established Committees 
for Audit, Nominations and Remuneration which 
each have Terms of Reference that are reviewed 
at least bi-annually. The Terms of Reference for all 
Committees were reviewed, updated and formally 
approved by the Board in November 2019. Copies of 
the Terms of Reference are available on the Group’s 
website or on request from the Company Secretary. 

The Board may, on occasion, delegate authority to 
a sub-committee consisting of any two Directors 
to facilitate final sign-off for an agreed course of 
action within strict parameters. The responsibilities 
and operation of the Audit, Nominations and 
Remuneration Committees are summarised below:

Board Responsibilities

Patrick Shanley (Chair)

Richard Bradford

David Lawther

George Materna

Kevin Freeguard

Salar Farzad

Keith Lewis1

1  Resigned on 5 November 2019.

Maximum 
formal 
meetings

Meetings  
attended

9

9

9

9

9

9

3

9

9

9

9

9

9

3

Audit Committee

The Committee monitors the integrity  

of the interim and Annual Report and 

Accounts and formal announcements 

relating to the Group’s financial 
performance. It reviews significant 
financial reporting issues, accounting 
policies and disclosures, key judgements, 

reviews the effectiveness of internal 

controls, as well as overseeing 
the engagement and scope of the 

annual audit. 

The Audit Committee report  

on pages 68 to 72 contains  

further information on the  
Committee’s role and activities.

Nominations Committee
The Committee reviews the structure, 

size and composition of the Board 

and its Committees, and makes 
recommendations to the Board with 

regard to any changes required to 
ensure an appropriate balance of skills, 

expertise, knowledge, diversity and 

independence.

The Nominations Committee report  

on pages 73 to 75 contains further 
information on the Committee’s role  

and activities.

Remuneration Committee

The Committee reviews and makes 
recommendations as to the Directors’ 
remuneration, including benefits, terms 

of appointment and share schemes. 

The Remuneration Committee report 

on pages 76 to 83 contains further 
information on the Committee’s role  

and activities.

Governance
Corporate Governance 
Statement

63

The Board recognises its employment, environmental 
and health and safety responsibilities and devotes 
appropriate resources towards monitoring and 
improving compliance with existing standards. The 
Executive Directors have responsibility for these areas 
at Board level, ensuring that the Group’s policies are 
upheld and providing the necessary resources.

•  Approval of significant prosecution, defence or 

settlement of litigation

•  Oversight of internal control arrangements

•  Ensuring the Group has an adequate business 

continuity policy

•  Oversight of the Group’s health and safety policy

The Board approves a business plan and annual 
budgets for individual business units and the Group. 
All Directors receive regular and timely information 
on the Group’s operational and financial performance, 
including detailed Executive and Operational Board 
reports which are provided in advance of all Board 
meetings and which report on performance (actual 
and forecasted) against the agreed budget and any 
significant variances. We report to our shareholders on 
a half-yearly basis. Members of the Senior Management 
Team regularly present at Board meetings to provide 
detailed information on their business units and central 
functions and to allow an opportunity for Directors to 
review and assess matters requiring decision or insight. 

The following matters are reserved for the Board:

•  Approval of interim, preliminary and final financial 

statements, including approval of the interim 
dividend and recommendation of the final dividend

•  Approval of investor presentations, all circulars to 

shareholders and press releases concerning matters 
decided by the Board

•  Approval of any significant change in accounting 

policies or practices

•  Consideration of proposals from the Audit 

Committee on recommendations for appointment 
or removal of independent auditors and their 
remuneration

•  Approval of the Group’s commercial strategy and 
annual operating and capital expenditure budget

•  Changes relating to the Group’s capital structure  

or its status as a plc

•  Appointments to the plc Board including the 

appointment or removal of the Company Secretary

•  Consideration of proposals from the Remuneration 

Committee on the terms and conditions of  
Board members, Executive Directors and  
senior management

•  Changes to the Group’s management and control 
structure, including membership of Executive 
Committees

•  Consideration of material contracts of the Group in 
the ordinary course of business that would affect 
current banking arrangements

•  Formulation of policy regarding charitable and 

political donations

Conflicts of interest
Each Director is required, in accordance with 
Companies Act 2006, to declare on appointment any 
interests that may give rise to a conflict of interest with 
the Company and its subsidiaries subsequently as they 
arise. Where such a conflict or potential conflict arises, 
the Board is empowered under the Company’s Articles 
of Association to consider and authorise such conflicts, 
as appropriate. 

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not 
participate in any meeting at which discussions in respect 
of matters relating to their own position takes place. 

There are effective procedures in place to monitor and 
deal with conflict of interest. The Board is aware of 
the other commitments and interests of its Directors, 
and Directors are required to report any changes to 
these commitments and interests to the Board for 
discussion and, where appropriate, agreement. There 
were no notified conflicts of interest during the 2020 
financial year. 

Information and support
Directors are regularly briefed on regulations which 
affect the business through presentations arranged by 
our advisers and our leadership team. During the year 
we specifically covered anti-bribery, IR35, corporate 
governance requirements regarding stakeholder 
engagement, collective consultation obligations, 
and the UK Government Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme. Directors are also encouraged to remain up 
to date through independent seminars and continuous 
professional development courses.

The Board also receives regular updates on matters of 
corporate culture via the Executive Report, compliance 
updates to the Audit Committee (including details of 
matters raised via the Speak Up reporting service, as 
appropriate) and regular presentations from the Group 
HR Director and General Counsel. Our usual practice is 
to rotate Board meetings throughout our two main UK 
offices, providing the opportunity for Non-Executive 
Directors to experience the working culture and to 
gain greater understanding of all areas of the Group’s 
business, although our Board meetings in the period 
April to July 2020 inclusive were held remotely due 
to COVID-19.

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements64 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Corporate Governance Statement continued

The Group receives advice from a number of external 
advisers. Specific advisers to the Board committees 
are set out in the Committee reports at pages 68 to 83. 
During the year, the Board received specific advice on 
the structuring of its finance arrangements in relation 
to the impact of COVID-19, and the Group’s continued 
cooperation with the US Department of Justice.

The Company Secretary advises the Board, through 
the Chairman, on all governance matters. All Directors 
have access to the services of the Company Secretary 
and may take independent professional advice at 
the Group’s expense in conducting their duties. In 
accordance with the Articles of Association and 
the Group Delegation of Authorities Policy, the 
appointment and removal of the Company Secretary  
is a matter for the whole Board. 

Board Evaluation
During the financial year, and in line with principle 
7 of the QCA Code, the effectiveness of the Board 
was assessed through an external Board evaluation 
process. The review was conducted by Professor 
Stuart Timperley who has no connections with the 
Company save that he had compiled a similar review 
for the Chairman at Accsys Technologies in 2017. 
One to one meetings were held with each Director, 
Company Secretary and a number of members of 
the Management Board. Several Board members had 
subsequent follow up discussions. The review covered 
7 key areas of good corporate governance as regards 
the structure and operation of the Board: composition 
and membership, dynamic/effectiveness, meetings, 
structure and committees, succession, capability and 
strategic development. 

The results were presented to the Board by Professor 
Timperley at a dedicated off-site session. The overall 
conclusion was that the Board was performing well 
and had seen some notable improvements although as 
the results were the first external assessment for some 
considerable time, any improvements were anecdotal. 
The Board had a clear understanding of its role relative 
to the business, however, as results had suffered over 
recent times it had needed to rebalance between short 
term and strategy. 

The composition of the Board is fairly small but has 
good experience, knowledge and networks. The 
financial area is well covered, as is sound general 
management experience from a CEO perspective. 
Diversity was a major concern and one which needs 
to be addressed as the Board composition changes. 
Further, the balance of the Board needs to be 
considered with two independent NEDs, Chairman  
and three non-independent Directors. 

There was a real sense of good progress being made 
in terms of the functioning of the Board with meetings 
regularised, well prepared and managed with good 
discipline. Equally there were a number of insights on 
how we might develop going forward and the Board 
will address these. 

The division of responsibilities between the Chairman 
and Chief Executive is well set out as are ‘The Role 
of the Board’ and its three committees. The schedule 
of matters reserved for the Board is considered 
appropriate and is regularly and properly reviewed. 
Equally the Board has frequent interaction with 
members of the Management Board and other senior 
managers through presentations on a regular basis. 

The review focussed on the strategic development 
of the Company, and the emphasis on strategy and 
defining the nature of growth was well articulated by 
Board members. It also illustrated the emerging clarity, 
identification of strategic delivery and the need for 
focus as perceived by the Board. 

Succession planning remains a key area of concern 
and challenge as in many small businesses. It is a key 
priority not only for senior roles across the business but 
also for future non-executive positions bearing in mind 
the need for diversity. The Nominations Committee has 
a clear road map of changes to non-executive roles 
over the coming two year period and of the depth and 
quality of management across the Company. 

As a result of the pandemic a formal review of 
the performance of all individual Directors by the 
Chairman and a review of the Chairman by the Senior 
Independent Director was deferred to the following 
financial year. 

Governance
Directors’ Report

65

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

Directors
The Directors have the benefit of an indemnity covered 
by insurance which is a qualifying third-party indemnity 
provision as defined by Section 234 of the Companies 
Act 2006. The Company has granted this indemnity in 
favour of the Directors of the Company as is permitted 
by Section 232–235 of the Companies Act 2006. The 
indemnity was in force during the full financial year 
up to the date of approval of the financial statements. 
Neither the insurance nor the indemnities provide 
cover where the relevant Director or officer has acted 
fraudulently or dishonestly. 

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company, 
subject to the provisions of relevant legislation, the 
Company’s Articles of Association and any directions 
given by a special resolution of the shareholders. 
Specific powers are detailed in the Company’s Articles 
of Association, including the power to issue and buy 
back shares, along with the rules for the appointment 
and removal of Directors.

Substantial shareholders
In addition to the Directors’ interests shown in the 
Remuneration Report, and in accordance with Part 22 
of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has been 
notified that the following shareholders’ interests 
exceeded 3% of the Company’s ordinary share capital 
in issue at 31 July 2020:

Shareholder

George Materna

MMGG Acquisition Ltd

Chelverton Asset Management

HRNetGroup

Paul Raine

Winterflood Securities

%

24.40

15.97

6.10

5.87

5.52

3.55

Subsequent to the year end, the Company has 
not been notified of any changes to significant 
shareholdings. As at 31 July 2020, approximately 27% 
of the Company’s share capital was held by Directors, 
senior management and other employees.

The Group made no donations for political purposes 
either in the UK or overseas during the year (2019: £nil).

Policy on the payment of creditors
The Group’s policy is to agree terms and conditions 
for its business transactions with suppliers and to 
endeavour to abide by these terms and conditions, 
subject to the supplier meeting its obligations. No 
single supplier arrangement is considered essential to 
the business of the Group. 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the Annual Report and the 
Financial Statements 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the Financial Statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
Financial Statements for each financial year. Under 
that law the Directors have prepared the Group 
Financial Statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted 
by the European Union, and Company Financial 
Statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve 
the Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of 
the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the 
Group and Company for that period. In preparing the 
Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union have been followed for the Group 
Financial Statements and IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union have been followed for the 
Company Financial Statements, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that  

are reasonable and prudent; and 

•  prepare the Financial Statements on the going 

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and Company will continue in business

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements66 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Directors’ Report continued

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group and Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and Company and 
enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the 
UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in  
other jurisdictions.

•  CommsResources Limited 

•  Connectus Technology Limited

•  Gattaca Solutions Limited

•  Matchtech Group (Holdings) Limited 

•  Matchtech Group (UK) Limited

•  Networkers International Limited

•  Networkers International (UK) Limited

•  Resourcing Solutions Limited

•  The Comms Group Limited

Disclosure of audit information
Each Director confirms that, as at the date this report 
was approved, and so far as each Director is aware, 
there is no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s auditor is unaware and that he has taken 
all the steps that he ought to have taken as a Director 
in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information. 

Audit exemption
For the year ended 31 July 2020, Gattaca plc has 
provided a legal guarantee under s479A of the 
Companies Act 2006 to the following companies:

•  Alderwood Education Ltd 

•  Application Services Limited

•  Barclay Meade Ltd

•  Cappo Group Limited 

•  Cappo International Limited

This guarantee is dated 3 November 2020 and  
all the above entities have 31 July year ends. 

Auditor
In December 2019, the Board proposed, and 
shareholders approved at the AGM, the appointment 
of PwC LLP as the Company’s registered independent 
public accounting firm for the financial year ended 
31 July 2020, with Matthew Hall as the senior statutory 
auditor. Due to the relocation of Matthew Hall, Julian 
Gray was subsequently appointed as our senior 
statutory auditor for the audit of our financial year 
ended 31 July 2020. The Board has decided to propose 
the reappointment of PwC LLP and a resolution 
concerning its reappointment will be proposed at 
the forthcoming AGM. 

Company registered office
1450 Parkway, Solent Business Park, Whiteley, 
Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 7AF.

Company registered number 
04426322

Governance
Directors’ Report

67

Further information on the following areas (which are incorporated into this Report by reference) can be found 
as follows:

A full description of the Group’s principal activities, business performance, 
likely future developments, principal risks and uncertainties 

See pages 1 to 53

Anti-Bribery and Corruption Statement 

Company’s Articles of Association

Corporate culture

Corporate responsibility (including environmental responsibilities  
and charitable donations) 

www.gattacaplc.com/investors/
corporate-governance/statements

www.gattacaplc.com/investors/
shareholder-information/AIM-Rule-26

See pages 34 to 39

See pages 34 to 39

List of Directors serving at the date of this Report

See pages 58 to 59

List of principal subsidiary undertakings

Main Committees of the Board and their activities

Stakeholder engagement (including employee engagement  
and our commitment to equal opportunities) 

See page 66

See page 62

See pages 40 to 43 and 67

Statement of Going Concern

See pages 45 to 46

Use of financial instruments and financial risk management

See pages 33, 48 and 134 to 135

Viability Statement

See page 47

Commitment to equal opportunities
The Group is committed to achieving equal 
opportunities and to complying with anti-
discrimination legislation.

It is established Group policy to offer employees 
and job applicants the opportunity to benefit from 
fair employment, without regard to their sex, sexual 
orientation, marital status, race, religion or belief,  
age or disability.

Fair and full consideration is given to applications  
from disabled persons having regard to their particular 
aptitudes and abilities. Efforts are made to continue 
the employment of those who become disabled. 
Opportunities for training, career development and 
promotion are, as far as practicable, identical for all 
employees. The Group consistently seeks to recruit, 
develop and employ suitably qualified, capable and 
experienced people in an environment of equal 
opportunity. 

Diversity is important to us; 46% of our global 
workforce at 31 July 2020 were women, including  
22% of our global leadership team.

Cautionary statement
Under the Companies Act 2006, a company’s 
Directors’ Report is required, among other matters,  
to contain a fair review by the Directors of the Group’s 
business through a balanced and comprehensive 
analysis of the development and performance of the 
business of the Group and the position of the Group at 
the year end, consistent with the size and complexity 
of the business. 

The Directors’ Report set out above, including the 
Chairman’s Statement, the Chief Executive Officer’s 
Review and the Chief Financial Officer’s Report 
incorporated into it by reference, has been prepared 
only for the shareholders of the Company as a whole, 
and its sole purpose and use is to assist shareholders 
to exercise their governance rights. In particular, the 
Directors’ Report has not been audited or otherwise 
independently verified. The Company and its Directors 
and employees are not responsible for any other 
purpose or use or to any other person in relation to  
the Directors’ Report. 

The Directors’ Report contains indications of likely 
future developments and other forward-looking 
statements that are subject to risk factors associated 
with, among other things, the economic and business 
circumstances occurring from time to time in the 
countries, sectors and business segments in which 
the Group operates. These factors include, but are 
not limited to, those discussed under principal risks 
and uncertainties.

Approved by the Board and signed by order of the 
Board by: 

Katie Selves
Group Company Secretary and General Counsel

3 November 2020

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements68

Gattaca plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Audit Committee Report

Providing oversight  
and guidance

“ The Audit Committee continues to 

provide assurance that shareholders’ 
interests are being properly protected 
by appropriate financial management, 
reporting and internal controls.”

David Lawther
Independent Non-Executive Director

8 3 %
A tte n d a n ce

4

M e etin g s

Committee activities 2020

•  Reviewing accounting policies and financial 
reports including key judgemental matters  
of accounting and disclosure 

•  Reviewing the Group’s tax strategy 

•  Monitoring the Group’s internal financial 
control environment including reviewing 
internal audit results 

•  Meeting with and assessing the effectiveness 

of the Company’s external auditors

Committee members
David Lawther (Chair) 
George Materna 
Richard Bradford

Committee experience

Management  30%

Industry 

Finance 

30%

20%

Recruitment  20%

Overview

Governance
Audit Committee Report

69

Meetings and attendance 
The Committee met four times during the year.

NED

David Lawther (Chair)

Richard Bradford

George Materna

Maximum 
meetings

Meetings 
attended

4

4

4

4

2

4

The Executive Directors are routinely invited to 
Committee meetings, with the Chairman of the 
Board attending the meetings at which the Interim  
and Annual results are reviewed.

During the period from the last report to the date 
of this report, the Committee met privately with the 
independent auditor. The Committee Chairman also 
met privately with the outgoing senior statutory 
auditor, John Minards, as well as the incoming 
senior statutory auditor, Julian Gray, outside of 
the Committee meetings.

Operation of the Committee 
The Committee reviews and updates the Terms of 
Reference regularly, to conform to best practice, which 
are subject to approval by the Board. The Terms of 
Reference are available on the Group’s website (www.
gattacaplc.com), as well as in hard copy format from 
the Company Secretary.

Each year, the Committee works to a planned 
programme of activities, which are focused on key 
events in the annual financial reporting cycle and other 
matters that are considered in accordance with its 
Terms of Reference.

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s (‘the 
Committee’) Annual Report on its activities for the 
period up to the review of our 2020 Annual Report  
and Accounts. 

This report is intended to explain how the Committee 
has met its responsibilities throughout the year and 
what it has done to address continued regulatory 
change. From a ‘business as usual’ perspective, there 
is nothing to bring to your specific attention.

As Chairman of the Committee, I would welcome 
questions from shareholders on any of the Committee’s 
activities, at CoSec@gattacaplc.com. 

Aims and objectives 
The Committee monitors the integrity of the financial 
statements of the interim and annual reports and 
formal announcements relating to the Group’s 
financial performance, including advising the Board 
that the Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable.

It reviews significant financial reporting issues, key 
judgements and accounting policies and disclosures 
in financial reports, reviews the effectiveness of 
the Group’s internal control procedures and risk 
management systems and considers how the Group’s 
internal audit requirements shall be satisfied, making 
recommendations to the Board.

It reviews the independent auditor’s audit strategy and 
implementation plan and its findings in relation to the 
Annual Report and Interim Financial Statements.

It monitors the relationship with the Group’s 
independent auditor including the consideration  
of audit fees and independence.

Membership of the Committee 
During the year to 31 July 2020, the Committee 
comprised David Lawther (Chairman), George Materna 
and Richard Bradford.

David Lawther qualified as a chartered accountant 
in 1983. The Board considers him to have recent and 
relevant financial experience that befits his role as 
Chairman of the Audit Committee. 

After the year end, it was agreed that George Materna 
would step down and Patrick Shanley would join the 
Audit Committee for the 2021 cycle.

The Board considers that the Committee as a whole 
has competence relevant to the sector in which the 
Group operates. 

Strategic ReportFinancial Statements70 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Audit Committee Report continued

Fair, balanced and understandable: the content and 
disclosures made in the Annual Report are subject 
to a verification exercise by management to ensure 
that no statement is misleading in the form and 
context in which it is included, no material facts are 
omitted which may make any statement of fact or 
opinion misleading, and implications which might be 
reasonably drawn from the statement are true. The 
Committee was satisfied that it was appropriate for the 
Board to approve the Financial Statements and that 
the Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable such that it allows shareholders 
to assess the Group’s performance against the Group’s 
strategy and business model.

Internal financial control systems: the Committee 
reviewed the recommendations made by PwC and 
management’s responses and actions. The Committee 
was satisfied that it was appropriate for the Board 
to make the statements regarding internal controls 
included in the Corporate Governance Statement.

Internal audit: as part of the Committee’s policy, certain 
specialist internal audit work is undertaken by external 
organisations. In 2019, the Group appointed KPMG as 
internal auditors and in 2020 they started to undertake 
a 12-month programme of testing focusing on the 
financial and non-financial processes and controls 
at the head office function in the UK. In addition, 
the Group undertook a number of internal audit and 
compliance reviews, both of financial and operational 
activities, including as part of its International 
Organization for Standardization (‘ISO’) accreditations 
(see page 56). The Group will continue to use specialist 
external organisations as necessary, including for the 
Group’s international operations.

The Chairman of the Committee reported to the Board 
on the Committee’s activities after each meeting, 
identifying relevant matters requiring communication 
to the Board and recommendations on the steps to 
be taken.

It provides oversight and guidance to contribute to the 
ongoing good governance of the business, particularly 
by providing assurance that shareholders’ interests 
are being properly protected by appropriate financial 
management, reporting and internal controls.

The Committee approves the terms of all audit  
and non-audit services provided by the company’s 
Auditors to ensure audit objectivity is maintained. 

The main activities of the Committee during the  
period since the last Report were as follows:

Financial Statements: the Committee reviewed  
the Interim and Annual Reports. Management  
and PwC gave presentations about the key  
technical and judgemental matters relevant to 
the Financial Statements.

Going concern, including the Viability Statement: the 
Group continues to prepare its Financial Statements 
on a going concern basis, as set out in Note 1 to 
the Financial Statements on page 98. Management 
produces working capital forecasts on a regular 
basis. The Board reviews those forecasts, particularly 
ahead of the publication of Interim and Annual results. 
In addition for 2020, the uncertainty in economic 
conditions created by the COVID-19 pandemic has 
resulted in detailed forecasts being more regularly 
scrutinised by the Board to ensure that all relevant 
events and conditions are being incorporated that 
might affect both short, medium and long term 
performance. Having reviewed the forecasts as at the 
date of this Report, the Committee concluded that it 
was appropriate for the Group to continue to prepare 
its Financial Statements on a going concern basis and 
to publish the Viability Statement on page 47.

Taxation: the Group operates under multiple and 
varied tax regimes. The completeness and valuation 
of provisions to cover the range of potential final 
determinations by the tax authorities of the Group’s 
tax positions are the subject of judgement and 
estimation uncertainty. Further information is set out 
in Notes 10 and 16 to the Financial Statements. The 
provisions held by the Group as at 31 July 2020 were 
reviewed by management. The Committee agreed 
with management’s assessment of the Group’s tax 
provisions. The Committee reviewed the Group’s 
Tax Strategy which was approved by the Board in 
July 2020.

Governance
Audit Committee Report

71

Significant issues 
The Committee reviewed the key judgements applied to a number of significant issues in the preparation of the 
Financial Statements. The review included consideration of the following:

Issue

How the Committee addresses

Revenue recognition 
and recoverability of 
accounts receivables

The Group has well-developed accounting policies for revenue recognition as shown in 
Note 1 to the Financial Statements. The Committee receives reports from management 
and from the auditors to ensure that the policies are complied with across the Group.

The Board receives regular reports on the collectability of aged accounts receivables 
and accrued income.

On the basis of these reports, the Committee concluded that it was content with the 
judgements that had been made.

Goodwill and acquired 
intangibles: assessment 
for impairment

As set out in Notes 1 (parts 1.10 and 1.11) and 13 to the Financial Statements, following the 
acquisition of Networkers in 2015, the Group recognised significant goodwill and finite 
life intangible assets.

The acquisition of Resourcing Solutions Limited in February 2017 further increased the 
Group’s goodwill and finite life intangible assets. 

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment calculations (including assumptions about 
future performance of the Group) and sensitivities are undertaken at least annually by 
management and reviewed by the Board and the Committee.

Based on the impairment reviews as at 31 July 2020 and reflecting on the decisions 
arising from management’s detailed review of operations, the Committee agreed 
with management’s recommendation that an impairment charge of £0.3m should be 
made in connection with the goodwill and finite life intangible assets in Networkers. 
The Committee also considered and agreed the appropriateness of the sensitivity 
analysis disclosures.

As previously announced and further discussed on page 137, the Group is cooperating 
with the United States Department of Justice regarding certain factual enquiries. The 
Group is not currently in a position to know what the outcome of these enquiries may 
be and whether this line of enquiry will lead to any liabilities for the Company or its 
subsidiaries. The Committee has received regular reports from management in respect 
of the ongoing enquiries and, on that basis, has agreed with the conclusion management 
has reached in respect of contingent liabilities.

Contingent liabilities

Accounting for and 
disclosure of non-
underlying items

The Committee considered the accounting for and disclosure of non-underlying items 
(see Note 4 to the Financial Statements). The Committee reviewed with management and 
discussed the accounting and disclosure with the Company’s auditors. The Committee 
concluded it was content with the accounting for and disclosure of non-underlying items.

COVID-19

The Committee considered the continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the cash 
flows and liquidity of the Group, particularly in relation to the preparation of the Group’s 
financial statements on a going concern basis and the assessment of the Group’s viability. 
Appropriate financial modelling has been undertaken to support the assessment of the 
business as a going concern with no material uncertainty from COVID-19 and in support 
of viability. More detail is given on page 70. The Group and Company’s going concern and 
Viability Statements are set out on pages 45 to 47.

Shareholders’ attention is drawn to the section titled ‘Responsibilities for the financial statements and the 
audit’ in the Report from the independent auditor on pages 86 to 91, about specific areas as reported by the 
independent auditor in order to provide its opinion on the Financial Statements as a whole.

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements72 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Audit Committee Report continued

Independent auditor: reappointment 
The appointment of the independent external auditor 
is approved by shareholders annually. The independent 
auditor’s audit of the Financial Statements is conducted 
in accordance with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (‘ISAs’), issued by the Auditing Practices Board.

There are no contractual obligations that act to restrict 
the Committee’s choice of external auditor.

Further, the Committee seeks positive evidence of the 
independence of the independent auditor through its 
challenge to management.

The Committee regularly reviews all fees for non-
audit work paid to the independent auditor. Details 
of these fees can be found in Note 4 to the Financial 
Statements. Non-audit fees were £nil in both 2020 
and 2019. 

In December 2019, the Board proposed and 
shareholders approved at the AGM, the appointment 
of PwC LLP as the Company’s registered independent 
public accounting firm for the financial year ended 
31 July 2020. 

This year, having considered the effectiveness and 
performance of the independent auditor (including 
reviewing the Financial Reporting Council’s Audit 
Quality Inspection report on PwC LLP issued in July 
2020), the Committee has recommended to the Board 
the reappointment of PwC LLP as independent auditor 
of the Company for the next financial year.

Independent auditor: services,  
independence and fees 
The independent auditor provides the following 
services:

The Committee concluded that the level of non-audit 
fees, which represent 0% (2019: 0%) of the audit fees 
for the Group, did not have a negative impact on PwC’s 
independence.

The Committee will continue to keep the area of 
non-audit work under close review, particularly 
in the context of developing best practice on 
auditors’ independence.

The Committee regulates the appointment of former 
employees of the independent auditor to positions 
in the Group. The independent external auditor 
also operates procedures designed to safeguard its 
objectivity and independence. These include the 
periodic rotation of the senior statutory auditor,  
use of independent concurring partners, use of a 
technical review panel (where appropriate) and  
annual independence confirmations by all staff. 

•  A report to the Committee giving an overview of the 
results, significant contracts, estimates, judgements 
and observations on the control environment

The independent external auditor reports to the 
Committee on matters including independence and 
non-audit work on an annual basis. 

Approval 
This report was approved by the Committee, on behalf 
of the Board, on the date shown below and signed on 
its behalf by: 

David Lawther 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

3 November 2020

•  An opinion on whether the Group and Company 

Financial Statements are true and fair

•  An internal control report to the Committee, 

following its audit, highlighting to management  
any areas of weakness or concern

The Committee monitors the cost-effectiveness of 
audit and any non-audit work performed by the 
independent auditor and also considers the potential 
impact, if any, of this work on independence. It 
recognises that certain work of a non-audit nature may 
be best undertaken by the independent auditor as a 
result of its unique position and knowledge of key areas 
of the Company.

Approval is required prior to the independent 
auditor commencing any material non-audit work 
in accordance with a Group policy approved by 
the Committee. Certain work, such as providing 
bookkeeping services and taxation planning advice, 
is prohibited.

Governance
Nominations Committee Report

73

Nominations Committee Report

Ensuring the structure 
of the Board

“ The Board is satisfied that its current 
composition includes an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience and 
capabilities.”

  George Materna
  Chairman of the Nominations Committee

10 0 %
A tte n d a n ce

2

M e etin g s

Committee activities 2020

•  Appointment of David Lawther as 
Senior Independent Director with 
effect from 10 December 2019 

•  Review of the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and its 
Committees  

•  Consideration of succession plans 
for the Board and operational 
Management Board

Committee members
George Materna (Chair) 
Patrick Shanley 
Richard Bradford

Committee experience

Management  27%

Industry 

Finance 

27%

19%

Recruitment  27%

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements74 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Nominations Committee Report continued

I am pleased to present to the shareholders the report 
of the Nominations Committee (the ‘Committee’) for 
the year.

The Committee’s focus for the year has again been to 
ensure the size, structure and experience of the Board 
is suited to meet the opportunities and challenges 
facing the Group going forward.

After over nine years’ service as a Non-Executive 
Director, and current Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, Richard Bradford has confirmed that he  
will be stepping down at the AGM in December 2020.

Richard has been a tremendous stalwart of the Board 
and on behalf of the Board I would like to thank him for 
his highly significant and intelligent contribution to the 
business, and wish him every success in the future.

As previously announced, David Lawther was 
appointed our Senior Independent Director with 
effect from 10 December 2019. David will move from 
his current role as Chair of the Audit Committee to 
Chair the Remuneration Committee at the AGM in 
December 2020.

A full and proper process to recruit to new Chair for the 
Audit Committee, engaging The Inzito Partnership to 
provide independent search advice, is under way.

The Committee continues to review succession 
planning and Board composition.

Aims and objectives
The aims and objectives of the Nominations Committee 
are set out in the Nominations Committee’s full Terms 
of Reference, which can be found in the Corporate 
Governance section on the Company’s website,  
www.gattacaplc.com.

In summary, the role of the Committee is to:

•  review the structure, size and composition of the 
Board, and make recommendations to the Board 
with regard to any changes required to ensure an 
appropriate balance of skills, expertise, knowledge 
and independence;

•  review the succession plan for Executive Directors 

and the operational Management Board, as 
appropriate;

•  identify and nominate, for Board approval, candidates 

to fill Board and operational Management Board 
vacancies as and when they arise;

•  review annually the time commitment required of 

Non-Executive Directors; and

•  make recommendations to the Board with regard 
to membership of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees in consultation with the Chair of each 
Committee

The Nominations Committee, assisted by an external 
executive search agency, primarily manages 
appointments to the Board, but all Board members 
have the opportunity to meet shortlisted candidates, 
thus ensuring a wide range of feedback in the 
appointment process.

All Executive Directors are engaged on a full-time 
basis. Non-Executive Directors have letters of 
appointment stating their annual fee, their re-election 
at forthcoming AGMs, the minimum required time 
commitment and that their appointment is subject to 
satisfactory performance. Their appointment may be 
terminated with a maximum of three months’ written 
notice at any time. Copies of letters of appointment are 
available at the Group’s registered office during normal 
business hours, and will also be available for inspection 
prior to and during the AGM. 

The Committee ensures the size, structure and 
experience of the Board is suited to meet the 
opportunities and challenges facing the Group

Strategic Report

Governance
Nominations Committee Report

75

The remuneration of the Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors is determined by the Board following 
proposals from the Nominations Committee, within 
the limits set out in the Articles of Association, 
including reviewing the level of fees paid by 
comparator companies. 

•  continue to review succession plans for the Board 

and operational Management Board; and

•  keep abreast of developments in corporate 

governance to ensure that we act in the spirit of 
good governance practice

Membership of the Committee
During the relevant year, the Committee comprised 
its Chair, George Materna, and Patrick Shanley and 
Richard Bradford, both Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, who have been members of the Committee 
since 2006, 2017 and 2013 respectively.

Meetings and attendance
The Committee met twice during the year.

NED

George Materna (Chair)

Patrick Shanley

Richard Bradford

Maximum 
meetings

Meetings 
attended

2

2

2

2

2

2

Nominations Committee activities
The key activities during the year have been in 
reviewing the structure, size and composition of the 
Board and its Committees. The Board is satisfied 
that its current composition includes an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience and capabilities, including 
experience of the Recruitment, Technology and 
International markets. 

Priorities for the coming year
In the coming year, the Committee will:

•  continue to monitor the composition and 

effectiveness of the Board and its Committees, 
specifically in relation to the balance of Independent 
and Non-Independent Directors;

Diversity policy
The Board recognises the importance of a diverse and 
inclusive culture as an essential element in maintaining 
Board effectiveness, our ability to respond to our 
diverse customer and stakeholder needs, and the  
long-term success of the Group. 

The Board appreciates the range of perspectives, 
insights and challenge needed to support good 
decision making that a diverse culture brings. All 
appointments to the Board and its Committees will 
be made on merit, taking into account suitability for 
the role, composition, independence and balance of 
the Board, diversity of skills, background, knowledge, 
international and industry experience, tenure, age, 
gender, ethnicity, disability and sexual orientation.

Information and training
All Directors have access to the advice and services of 
Katie Selves, the Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary, who is responsible for ensuring that Board 
procedures and applicable rules and regulations are 
observed. There is an agreed procedure for Directors 
to obtain independent professional advice, paid for by 
the Group. 

George Materna
Chairman of the Nominations Committee 

3 November 2020

OverviewFinancial Statements76 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Remuneration Committee Report

Remuneration to support 
the Group’s goals

“ The Committee believes its outcomes  

for 2020 and its approach to 
remuneration in 2021 is appropriate 
in these unprecedented times.”

  Richard Bradford
  Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

9 2 %
A tte n d a n ce

4

M e etin g s

Committee activities 2020
Gattaca’s Remuneration Policy was approved by 
shareholders at the 2019 AGM. No changes are 
being proposed to the policy and our approach 
to Directors’ remuneration will be in line with 
the policy that was fully disclosed in last year’s 
annual report. 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to  
present the Remuneration Committee’s  
(‘the Committee’) report for the year  
ended 31 July 2020. 

The stated aim of our Policy is to:

•  Attract, motivate and retain Executives in  

order to deliver the Group’s strategic goals  
and business outputs;  

•  Encourage and support a high-performance 

sales and service culture; 

•  Adhere to the principles of good  

corporate governance and appropriate  
risk management; and 

•  Align Executives with the interests of 

shareholders and other key stakeholders

Governance
Remuneration 
Committee Report

77

We are committed to hearing, and taking active interest 
in, your views as shareholders

Committee members
Richard Bradford (Chair) 
Patrick Shanley 
David Lawther

Committee experience

Management  27%

Industry 

Finance 

27%

27%

Recruitment 

19%

Business context and remuneration  
outcomes for 2020 
The 2020 full year results for the Group show 
continuing underlying profit before tax (‘PBT’) 
of £4.6m. This was 61% lower than the prior year 
primarily due to the trading downturn driven by the 
COVID-19 pandemic. Continuing underlying basic 
EPS fell from 28.4 pence to 10.3 pence. COVID-19 
continues to impact the global economy, the decisions 
the Committee made on remuneration were taken in 
this context.

Following the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
Executive Directors, the Management Board and 
Non-Executive Directors took swift action to preserve 
cash and took a voluntary 20% reduction to salaries 
and fees for the period from 1 April 2020 to the end 
of the financial year (31 July 2020). Additionally, UK 
employees took a 20% reduction in pay and hours 
from 1 April 2020 to the 30 June 2020.

The 2020 Annual Bonus was based 60% on Group 
financial performance (split 75% Profit Before Tax 
and 25% NFI (Gross Profit) growth) and 40% on 
personal targets aligned with the implementation 
of the Improvement Plan. Reflecting the impact 
of the pandemic on our business, the Committee 
has determined that no bonus awards should be 
made to Executive Directors in respect of the 
financial year ending 31 July 2020. This was despite 
a number of personal objectives being achieved. 
The Remuneration Committee believes this use of 
discretion in not making any potential payment is 
appropriate given the overall performance of the 
business during the year. 

Implementation of Policy in 2020/2021
For the FY21, there will be no changes to Executive 
Directors’ base salaries or Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees. However, following voluntary reductions as set 
out above, salaries have been restored to 100% as of 
1 August 2020 at their previous 2019 levels.

Consistent with the above themes and given the recent 
but significant impact of COVID-19 on the business, the 
Remuneration Committee has decided that no bonus 
plan will be set for the year. However, at the half year, 
the Remuneration Committee will consider whether 
a bonus should operate for the second half of the 
financial year and, if it feels it is appropriate to do so, 
appropriately stretching targets and objectives will be 
set at the time taking into account performance for H1. 
In this event, the maximum opportunity will be no more 
than 50% of salary. 

The Remuneration Policy provides the opportunity to 
grant Executive Directors LTIP awards with a face value 
of 120% of base salary in shares. However, reflecting 
the current share price, the Remuneration Committee 
has decided the FY21 grant level should be reduced to 
50% of salary. The vesting of these will be subject to 
a cumulative underlying PBT performance condition 
measured over a three-year performance period 
ending 31 July 2023.

Following a difficult year for Gattaca, the Remuneration 
Committee believes the remuneration outcomes for 
2020 and its approach to remuneration in 2021 is 
appropriate in these unprecedented times. 

We are committed to hearing, and taking active interest 
in, your views as shareholders. If you want to discuss 
any further aspect of our remuneration strategy I would 
welcome your views, at CoSec@gattacaplc.com.

On behalf of the Committee and Board, 

Richard Bradford
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

3 November 2020

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements78 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Group’s remuneration strategy is to provide a remuneration framework based on the following five principles:

1.  Attract, motivate and retain Executives in order to deliver the Group’s strategic goals and business outputs.

2.   Encourage and support a high-performance sales and service culture.

3.   Recognise and reward delivery of the Group’s business plan and key strategic goals.

4.   Adhere to the principles of good corporate governance and appropriate risk management.

5.   Align Executives with the interests of shareholders and other key stakeholders.

The Committee believes that the remuneration structure in place will support and motivate our Executive 
Directors in furthering the Group’s long-term strategic objectives including the creation of sustainable 
shareholder returns. Furthermore, the Committee is satisfied that the composition and structure of the 
remuneration package is appropriate and does not incentivise undue risk-taking or reward underperformance.

Full detail of the Remuneration Policy can be found on the Gattaca plc website (www.gattacaplc.com/investors).

Executive Director Remuneration
Single figure remuneration table (Audited information)

The remuneration of Executive Directors, showing the breakdown between components with comparative 
figures for the prior financial year, is shown below:

Higher 
duties 
allowances1 
£’000

Base salary 
£’000

Taxable 
benefits2 
£’000

Bonus 
£’000

Long-term 
incentives3 
£’000

Pension 
£’000

Total 
£’000

Kevin Freeguard4  
(Chief Executive Officer)

Salar Farzad5  
(Chief Financial Officer)

Keith Lewis5,6  
(Chief Operating Officer)

Brian Wilkinson7  
(Chief Executive Officer)

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

280

229

211

220

163

200

N/A

6

–

–

–

33

–

30

N/A

N/A

12

9

13

13

5

13

N/A

N/A

–

181

–

174

–

–

N/A

N/A

–

–

–

–

–

–

N/A

N/A

28

23

21

29

5

26

N/A

N/A

320

442

245

469

173

269

N/A

6

1 

 Higher duties allowance was paid during FY19 in respect of additional responsibilities taken  
on during the period from Brian Wilkinson’s resignation to the appointment of Kevin Freeguard.

2  Taxable benefits comprise car benefits and private medical insurance.

3 

 Long-term incentives vesting relate to the performance in the financial year.  
See details on long-term incentive values on page 79.

4  Kevin Freeguard was appointed as CEO on 1 October 2018.

5 

 Pension remuneration for Salar Farzad and Keith Lewis has been restated for 2019. 

6  Keith Lewis resigned on 5 November 2019. 2020 base salary included a payment  

of £100,000 in lieu of notice.

7 

 Brian Wilkinson resigned on 7 February 2018. 2019 base salary included a payment  
of £6,000 in lieu of notice.

 
 
Governance
Remuneration 
Committee Report

79

Fixed remuneration
The average salary for Executive Directors increased by 5% on 1 August 2019 (FY19: no increase) in line with the 
implementation of Policy published in last year’s report. The increase was offset by the 20% voluntary salary 
reduction from April to July 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Annual bonus outcomes for the financial year ending 31 July 2020 (Audited information)
For 2020, the Executive Directors’ maximum bonus opportunity was 100% of salary. The table below provides 
information on the targets for each measure, actual performance and resulting bonus payment for each 
Executive Director.

Based on this performance the CEO earned no bonus in 2020 (2019: £181,000) and the CFO earned no bonus 
in 2020 (2019: £174,000) equivalent to 0% of maximum opportunity, respectively. 

Performance measure

Weighting  
(% of maximum 
bonus opportunity)

Threshold 
performance  
(0% of bonus 
payable)

Target  
performance  
(67% of bonus 
payable)

Maximum 
performance  
(100% of  
bonus payable)

Actual  
performance 

% of maximum 
bonus payable 

Continuing underlying  
profit before tax

45%

£11.5m

£12.5m

£14.0m

£4.6m

Net Fee Income from 
continuing business  
(Gross Profit)

15%

£69.6m

£75.9m

£85.1m

£54.3m

0%

0%

Personal objectives

40%

Reflecting on the impact of the pandemic on our 
business, the Committee has determined that no bonus 
awards should be made to Executive Directors in respect 
of the financial year ending 31 July 2020. This was despite 
a number of personal objectives being achieved.

0% (CEO & CFO)

Total

0% (CEO & CFO)

Long-term incentives vesting for performance related to financial year ending 31 July 2020
LTIP Awards were granted on 03 February 2017 and were released on 03 February 2020. These Awards  
were granted subject to the achievement of certain EPS growth and TSR (Total Share Return) targets which  
were measured over three financial years ending 31 July 2019. The table below summarises these awards:

Number  
of nil cost 
options  
granted

Keith Lewis1 61,688

Performance 
measures 

Cumulative 
compound 
growth in 
adjusted 
diluted EPS 

Performance targets per annum

50% of the awards vest based on 
achieving cumulative compound  
growth in adjusted diluted EPS:

•  Below 6% growth: 0% vesting

•  Between 6%–15% growth:  

straight line vesting between  
25.0%–100%

•  Above 15% growth: 100% vesting

Performance 
outcome

Number of 
awards vesting

Value of awards 
shown in the  
single figure table

0%

0

Nil

Relative TSR 
versus peer 
group median

50% of the awards vest based  
on achieving relative TSR:

•  Median TSR, 25% vesting. 

•  Median TSR +9%, 100% vesting,  

and straight-lines vesting  
between points.

0%

0

Nil

1  Resigned on 5 November 2019.

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements 
 
 
80 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Remuneration Committee Report continued

Long-term incentive awards made during the year 
LTIP awards made on 20 January 2020 were equivalent to a face value of 120% of salary for each Executive 
Director. The awards granted are summarised in the table below:

Number of  
options granted

Performance measures and targets 

Vesting date

Exercise price 

Kevin Freeguard

290,323

Salar Farzad

219,290

The award is based on achieving cumulative 
compound growth in adjusted diluted EPS  
over a three-year period ending 31 July 2023.

20 January 2023

£0.01

Targets: 

Below 10% growth per annum: 0% vesting

10% growth per annum: 25.0% vesting

Between 10%–25% growth per annum:  
straight-line vesting between 25%–100%

Above 25% growth per annum: 100% vesting

SIP awards granted in 2020 (Audited information)
During the year, the Group operated a Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) for Executive Directors and all staff. Under the 
scheme, staff are entitled to buy shares in the Company out of pre-tax salary. Staff can invest up to a maximum 
of £1,800 per annum, which will be used to purchase shares. The Group will award one free share for every share 
that is purchased.

Staff will receive matching shares at the end of a three-year holding period, subject to remaining employed 
within the Group and the shares they bought remaining in the plan throughout the holding period. The table 
below details the shares bought and matching shares awarded to the Executive Directors during the year.

Director

Kevin Freeguard

Keith Lewis1

Salar Farzad

1  Resigned on 5 November 2019. 

Purchased

Matching shares awarded

–

–

–

–

–

– 

Payments to past Directors or for loss of office
Keith Lewis resigned from his position as Chief Operating Officer and left the Group on 5 November 2019.  
His outstanding share awards, including the LTIP awards granted in February 2017 which were capable of  
vesting in February 2020, lapsed. 

A final payment of £113,141 was paid to Keith Lewis in November 2019, comprising base salary, car allowance, 
employer pension, payment in lieu of annual leave and payment in lieu of notice. There were no other payments 
made during the year in respect of past Directors or for loss of office.

 
Governance
Remuneration 
Committee Report

81

1. Implementation of Policy in 2019/2020
Fixed remuneration 

As a result of business trading and the COVID-19 Pandemic, the Board have made the decision this year that 
there will be no wholesale salary review. No salary increases have been applied to the Executive Directors.

Although it does not apply directly to Gattaca as an AIM company, the Committee is mindful of the UK  
Corporate Governance Code requirements and investor sentiments relating to executive pension levels and  
post-employment shareholding requirements. 

The Committee has concluded that the current executive directors’ pension contribution rate of 10% of salary 
is appropriate for this year and reflect the terms agreed on joining the Board. However, for any new executive 
director appointments (including promotions), the pension contribution level will be capped at the workforce 
contribution rate of 5% of salary. The Remuneration Committee will continue to monitor best and market practice 
on pensions and other corporate governance related matters over the course of the year.

Bonus

The Remuneration Committee has determined that no bonus scheme will be in operation at the start of the year. 
However, at the half year the Committee will consider whether it is appropriate to operate a H2 annual bonus 
scheme. If it does decide to operate one, the targets and objectives will be appropriately stretching relative 
to the outlook at the time and will be up to a maximum of half the normal annual maximum opportunity (50% 
of salary). The Committee will retain sufficient discretion to override the formulaic outcomes to reflect the 
performance of the business at the end of H2 2021. Any targets will be disclosed in full in next year’s Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

LTIP

The Committee intends to make a grant to Executive Directors of face value of up to 50% of base salary in the 
year (which is significantly lower than the 120% of salary policy maximum). The lower award reflects the current 
share price and the constraints on dilution headroom and accounting costs. The vesting will be subject to 
cumulative underlying PBT targets over the three-year performance period. For cumulative underlying PBT  
of minimum £16.0m, 25% of the award will vest, with 100% of the award vesting for cumulative underlying PBT  
of £24.0m or higher. 

The Committee has determined to select underlying PBT as a single LTIP measure for this year’s awards to focus 
Executives on a measure to drive performance during this period of turnaround. The Committee believes that 
this is the most relevant measure of long-term performance over this period and that it will be closely aligned 
to the creation of value for shareholders. In setting the target against this measure, the Committee has taken 
steps to ensure that these have been calibrated to represent a stretch target at vesting threshold and exceptional 
stretch at maximum opportunity. In determining the vesting outcome, the Committee will also consider progress 
made towards reinstating the Company dividend.

2. Non-Executive Director Remuneration Policy and letters of appointment 
Remuneration Policy table

The Board as a whole is responsible for setting the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors, other  
than the Chairman whose remuneration is determined by the Committee and recommended to the Board.

The Non-Executive Director Remuneration Policy remains the same as reported in the 2019 Annual Report.

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements82 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Remuneration Committee Report continued

3. Non-Executive Director remuneration (Audited information) 
Single figure remuneration table

The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors showing the breakdown between components, with comparative 
figures for the prior year, is shown below:

Director

Patrick Shanley

George Materna

Richard Bradford

David Lawther1

Mark Mamone2

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Fees 
£’000

Other benefits 
£’000

93

100

48

51

48

51

51

51

–

17

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£’000

93

100

48

51

48

51

51

51

–

17

1 

 David Lawther was appointed as Senior Independent Director (SID) from December 2019 with an additional fee of £5,300. This increase was off-set by 
the 20% voluntary fee reduction taken between April and July 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

2 

 Resigned 5 December 2018.

Fees to be provided in 2021 to the Non-Executive Directors

The Board has determined that no increase will be applied to the current Non-Executive fees in 2021.

Fee component per role

Chairman fee

Non-Executive Director base fee

Senior Independent Director fee

Committee Chairman fee (Audit and Remuneration Committees)

Committee member fee (Audit and Remuneration Committees)

2020 
£’000

100

46

5

5

–

2019 
£’000

100

46

–

5

–

% 
change

–

–

–

–

–

4. Directors’ shareholding and share interests
Shareholding and other interests at 31 July 2020 (Audited information)

Directors’ share interests are set out below. In order that their interests are aligned with those of shareholders, 
Executive Directors are encouraged to build and maintain a personal shareholding in the Company equal to 
200% of their base salary.

Shareholding at 31 July 2020

Interests in shares under the LTIP

SIP awards 
(matching shares)

Director

owned shares2

salary held3

Number of 
beneficially  

% of  

Total interests 
subject to  
conditions

Total vested 
interests  

unexercised

Total interests 
subject to  
conditions

Total interests at 
31 July 2020

Kevin Freeguard1

Salar Farzad

Keith Lewis4

–

–

–

Patrick Shanley

15,000

George Materna

7,877,405

Richard Bradford

David Lawther

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

418,528

321,854

–

–

–

–

–

Total

7,892,405

740,382

1   Appointed 1 October 2018.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

-

418,528

321,854

–

15,000

7,877,405

–

–

8,632,787

2  

 Beneficial interests include shares held directly or indirectly by connected persons. These also include partnership and vested match shares held under the SIP.

3   % of salary held calculated using the share price on 31 July 2020, being 51.0 pence. 

4  Keith Lewis resigned on 5 November 2019 and all interests in shares under the LTIP and SIP schemes subject to conditions have therefore lapsed.

There have been no changes between 31 July 2020 and the date that this Report was signed. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance
Remuneration 
Committee Report

83

5. Considerations by the Committee of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration in 2020
The Committee determines and agrees with the Board the Policy for the Chairman of the Board, the Executive 
Directors and other management team members, and approves the structure of, and targets for, their annual 
performance-related pay schemes. It reviews the design of share incentive plans for approval by the Board and 
shareholders, and determines the annual award policy to Executive Directors and Management Board members 
under existing plans. As a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic, the Board have made the decision not to set bonus 
targets for H1.

Within the terms of the agreed Policy, the Committee determines the remainder of the remuneration packages 
(principally comprising salary and pension) for each Executive Director and senior leadership member. It also 
reviews and notes the remuneration trends across the Group. The Committee’s full Terms of Reference are 
available on the Company’s website, www.gattacaplc.com.

Members of the Committee during 2020

Independent

Richard Bradford (Chairman)

David Lawther

Patrick Shanley

Yes

Yes

Yes

Number of 
meetings held

Meetings 
attended

4

4

4

4

4

3

During the year, there were three Committee meetings. The matters covered at each meeting included the 2020 
bonus scheme, LTIP scheme, 2020 salary review budget proposal, Remuneration Committee advisers and senior 
management remuneration plans for 2021.

None of the Committee members has any personal financial interest (other than as a shareholder) in the decisions 
made by the Committee, conflicts of interests arising from cross-directorships or day-to-day involvement in 
running the business.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and HR Director may attend meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee, but are not present when their own remuneration is being discussed. The Committee is supported 
by the HR Director, finance and company secretariat functions.

The Committee received external advice in 2020 from FIT Remuneration Consultants (‘FIT’). The total fee paid to 
FIT in respect of services to the Committee during the year was £8,000.

The Committee also received external advice in 2020 from Willis Towers Watson (‘WTW’). The total fee paid to 
WTW in respect of services to the Committee during the year was £13,000. The fees paid to WTW and FIT were 
determined based on the scope and nature of the projects undertaken for the Committee.

6. Statement of voting
The 2020 Directors’ Remuneration Report will be put forward to shareholders on an advisory basis at the  
next AGM.

This report was approved by the Committee, on behalf of the Board, on the date shown below  
and signed on its behalf by: 

Richard Bradford
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

3 November 2020

OverviewStrategic ReportFinancial Statements84 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Financial 
Statements

86 

92 

93 

94  

96 

97  

98 

 Independent Auditors’ Report

 Consolidated Income Statement

 Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income

 Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Changes in Equity

 Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Financial Position

 Consolidated and Company  
Cash Flow Statements

 Notes Forming Part of  
the Financial Statements

2 0 2 0

2 0 19

A R E

 -5.5 p
-18.3 p

G S P E R S H
B A SIC E A R NIN
-5.5 p
(2 019: -18.3 p)

85

86 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of Gattaca plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In our opinion, Gattaca plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the ‘financial 
statements’):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 July 2020 and of  

the Group’s loss and the Group’s and the Company’s cash flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)  
as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the company’s financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2020 (the ‘Annual 
Report’), which comprise: the Consolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position as at 31 July 2020; 
the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated 
and Company Cash Flow Statements, and the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity for 
the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant 
accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and 
applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for  
the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained 
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

•  Overall Group materiality: £445,000 (2019: £570,000), based on 5% of the average of the last 
three years’ profit from continuing operations before tax adjusted for non-underlying items

•  Overall Company materiality: £1,104,000 (2019: £1,094,000), based on 1% of 

Materiality

total assets

•  We conducted full scope audit work over 4 operating units which accounted for 90% of  

the Group’s revenue and 76% of the Group’s underlying profit before taxation

•  We performed procedures at Group level over goodwill, intangible assets, share-based 
payments, the implementation of IFRS 16, taxation and testing of the consolidation

Audit scope

Key audit 
matters

•  Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment assessments (Group)

•  Non-underlying costs and discontinued operations (Group)

•  Recoverability of trade receivables and accrued income (Group)

•  Risk of fraud in revenue recognition – permanent and contractors (Group)

• 

Impact of COVID-19 (Group and Company)

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in 
respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that 
are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal 
controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of 
material misstatement due to fraud.

87

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment assessments (Group) 

Refer to page 71 (Audit Committee Report), Note 1.10 
(The Group and Company Significant Accounting 
Policies), Note 1.11 (The Group and Company Significant 
Accounting Policies) and Note 13 (Goodwill and 
Intangible Assets).

The business has a material amount of acquired goodwill 
and intangible assets. There is an increased risk of 
impairment where the post-acquisition performance of 
businesses acquired is behind expectations from the 
time of the original acquisition. 

Management conduct an annual impairment assessment 
based on Board approved three-year budget plans to 
test whether the carrying value of goodwill and acquired 
intangible assets are supported by the present value of 
the projected future cash flows of the Cash Generating 
Units (CGUs) to which they relate.

Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets have a 
carrying value of £6,643,000 (2019: £7,593,000). An 
impairment charge of £334,000 (2019: £5,882,000)  
has been recognised against the UK Technology CGU 
(2019: International CGU) in the year.

The Directors considered that reasonably possible 
changes in forecast recovery trajectory, long-term 
growth rates or discount rates would not be expected 
to give rise to a material impairment charge in the 
future for either of the two CGUs where goodwill and 
intangibles balances remain. These reasonable possible 
changes have been disclosed in Note 13.

We assessed management’s impairment testing relating to the three CGUs by 
obtaining and testing the supporting models and assessing the methodology used 
and key assumptions made, as follows:

•  We tested the mathematical integrity of the underlying discounted cash flow 

models;

• We validated that the term is consistent with the internal budgeting and 
forecasting process and agreed that it has been approved by the Board;

• We challenged the cash flow projections used within the model, by reference 
to current levels of sales, including the impact of COVID-19 and anticipated 
recovery and analysis of management’s historical forecasting accuracy. We held 
discussions with financial and non-financial personnel, corroborating explanations 
to supporting documentation, including third party evidence where possible;

• With the assistance of our valuation specialists, we assessed the growth and 

discount rates used in the impairment calculations, by comparing the Group’s 
assumptions to external data. As a result of our work management revised the 
discount rate applied such that it fell within the range expected for all CGUs.  
We concluded that the Group’s assumptions were appropriate.

To assess the impairment charge, we recalculated the charge and confirmed that 
this had been accounted for appropriately and considered any contrary evidence.

For the two CGUs not fully impaired, we performed sensitivity analyses around the 
key assumptions, both individually and in aggregate, in order to ascertain the extent 
of change in those assumptions required individually or collectively to result in a 
further material impairment of goodwill or acquired intangible assets. Where there 
is less headroom the models are inherently more sensitive.

We reviewed disclosures in the accounts and considered these appropriate based 
on the results of the assessment and the requirements of accounting standards.

Through review of the impairment assessment performed by management and the 
disclosures made, we did not identify any material misstatements.

Non-underlying costs and discontinued operations (Group) 

Refer to page 71 (Audit Committee Report), Note 1.8  
(The Group and Company Significant Accounting 
Policies), Note 4 (Profit/(Loss) From Total Operations)  
and Note 11 (Discontinued Operations).

During the year, £3.2m (2019: £7.2m) of adjusting items 
have been recorded in arriving at management’s alternative 
performance measure ‘APM’ for operating profit. 

We focused on non-underlying costs because IFRS does 
not define which items may be excluded from operating 
(loss)/profit to determine underlying operating profit and 
it therefore requires judgement around the justification 
for such exclusion. Such judgement may be susceptible 
to management bias. Consistency in identifying and 
disclosing items to be excluded from underlying 
operating profit is important to maintain comparability 
of the results year on year.

We have also focussed on discontinued operations and 
any judgement required in determining what operations 
meet the definition of a discontinued operation as 
per IFRS 5 – ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and 
Discontinued Operations’ and that the appropriate 
revenue and costs are presented as discontinued. 
Discontinued operations presented in the year relate 
to the Group’s withdrawal from China.

We challenged the overall quantum of adjusting items and the inclusion of certain 
costs and assessed the appropriateness of their presentation by reference to the 
Group’s accounting policies and FRC guidance in this area.

We have assessed amounts that have been included as either non-underlying  
or discontinued operations by performing the following procedures:

•  Agreed the accuracy and classification of amounts disclosed in discontinued 
operations and/or non-underlying to supporting evidence, on a sample basis;

•  Compared the non-underlying costs recognised in the current year to those 
recognised in the prior year and confirmed the costs are consistently treated 
year-on-year, and are not underlying in nature;

•  Reviewed the disclosures made in respect of non-underlying costs and 

discontinued operations;

•  Agreed that the classification of discontinued operations is in line with the 

requirements of IFRS 5 – ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued 
Operations’.

We found the accounting, in all material respects, to be in accordance with  
Group policies and IFRS 5 in respect of Discontinued Operations.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements88 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Gattaca plc

Our audit approach continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Recoverability of trade receivables and accrued income (Group) 

Refer to page 71 (Audit Committee 
Report), Note 1.17 (The Group and 
Company Significant Accounting 
Policies) and Note 17 (Trade and  
Other Receivables).

At 31 July 2020, the Group had trade 
receivables and accrued income 
balances of £43,603,000 (2019: 
£94,541,000) and provisions of 
£4,256,000 (2019: £2,189,000) 
included in Note 17.

The recoverability of trade receivables, 
accrued income and the level of 
provisions for expected credit losses 
are considered to be a key risk due to 
the pervasive nature of these balances 
to the financial statements, the 
judgements required in making these 
provisions, including the impact of 
COVID-19, and the importance of cash 
collection with reference to the working 
capital management of the business.

In order to test the recoverability of trade receivables and accrued income, we performed the 
following procedures:

• We assessed recoverability on a sample basis by reference to cash received subsequent to  
year-end, agreement to the terms of the contract in place and issue of credit notes post  
year-end, as necessary;

• Where cash has not been received post year-end, we performed alternative procedures by 

agreeing amounts recorded to supporting timesheets approved by the customer and agreed  
rate cards;

• We also discussed and assessed the reasons the amounts that were not yet paid with Gattaca’s 

local management teams to determine if there were indicators of impairment;

• We evaluated the Group’s credit control procedures, including the use of non-recourse invoice 

financing and credit insurance, and assessed and validated the ageing profile of trade receivables;

• We considered the appropriateness of judgements regarding the level of expected credit loss for 
trade receivables and assessed whether the associated provisions were calculated in accordance 
with the Group’s expected credit loss policies and whether there was evidence of management 
bias in provisioning, obtaining supporting evidence as necessary;

• We challenged management as to the recoverability of specific aged, unprovided debtors, 

corroborating management’s explanations with underlying documentation and correspondence 
with the customer; 

• We compared provisioning levels applied by firms in the same industry, including the impact of 

COVID-19, and challenged where the provision fell outside the range observed;

• We agreed that management appropriately considered the heightened risk of collectability of 

debtors held by discontinued operations noting that all material balances are provided for in full;

• We agreed that management had appropriately incorporated the actual experience and future 

anticipated impact of COVID-19 into the estimates made; and

• We agreed a sample of accrued income back to approved timesheets, rate cards and post year-

end invoices to agree that revenue had been accrued for time that had been worked pre year-end. 
Where payment has been received to date we also agreed cash receipts. 

We did not encounter any issues through these audit procedures that indicated further material 
provisioning against accrued income and trade receivables was required.

Risk of fraud in revenue recognition – permanent and contractors (Group)

Refer to page 71 (Audit Committee 
Report), Note 1.6 (The Group and 
Company Significant Accounting 
Policies), Note 2 (Segmental 
Information) and Note 3 (Revenue  
From Contracts With Customers).

There may be an incentive to manipulate 
income through the fraudulent posting 
of journals to revenue during the year 
to meet financial targets or covenant 
levels. We considered there to be a risk 
of fraud with respect to the occurence 
of revenue.

There is a degree of judgement involved 
in revenue recognition, specifically 
around year-end cut-off and accruing 
for income, particularly in respect of 
the time worked by contractors that 
has not been processed in the Group’s 
financial systems.

The audit risk includes both of the 
above aspects. We determined that this 
specifically impacts the occurrence and 
pre-year end cut-off assertions.

We performed the following procedures to address the risk that revenue had been recorded 
fraudulently:

•  We assessed the design and implementation of key controls around all streams of revenue 
recognised. Testing of key controls was performed for the contractor revenue stream;

•  For contractor revenue we tested the occurrence of revenue journals posted throughout the year 
using a combination of data auditing techniques and corroboration of transactions to third party 
documentation for a sample of invoices;

•  We tested the permanent revenue stream through agreement to third party documentation and 

review of contracts;

•  We tested a sample of credit notes post year end to identify where revenue recognised during the 

year has been subsequently reversed;

•  We tested the accrued income associated with work performed by contractors before the year 

end, by comparing the amounts to timesheets submitted after year end;

•  We considered the appropriateness and accuracy of any cut-off adjustments processed by 

considering the start date of permanent placements and the term of a temporary placement 
with reference to the year-end date, as well as any central adjustments recorded to align weekly 
country reporting with the Group’s year-end date; and

•  We evaluated whether the Group’s revenue recognition accounting policy complies with the 

requirements of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’. We have agreed that revenue  
has been recognised in accordance with Gattaca’s accounting policy by reviewing the details of  
the Group’s revenue recognition policy, the application of this, and any significant new contracts.

There were no material issues identified by our testing of revenue recognition during the period.

89

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impact of COVID-19 (Group and Company)

Refer to page 71 (Audit Committee 
Report), Note 1.3 (Group and Company 
Significant Accounting Policies) and 
disclosures in the Executive Review of 
the Annual Report.

At 31 July 2020, and subsequently, the 
impact of COVID-19 on the UK and 
Global economy has been significant. 
As an international recruitment 
business, the Group is inherently 
impacted by this. Measures including 
temporarily closing offices and placing 
workers on furlough were taken to 
respond to the short-term impact.

The Group’s forecasts used for going 
concern and impairment purposes have 
taken into consideration the uncertainty 
which is created by COVID-19. In 
particular, possible downside scenarios 
and mitigating actions have been 
modelled in order to identify the 
potential going concern risk based  
on forecast cash flows.

Management has concluded that  
the Group and Company remains a 
going concern and that there is no 
material uncertainty in respect of  
this conclusion.

We have performed the following procedures in order to assess the Group’s and Company’s 
response to the uncertainty created by COVID-19 specifically in relation to going concern: 

•   We evaluated the appropriateness of the severe but plausible downside case cash flow forecast 
used in management’s determination of the going concern basis of preparation, which included 
an assessment of any key assumptions underpinning the net cash position forecast throughout 
the going concern period. We concluded that modelling a profitability and cash flow position 
that assumed a continuation of trading performance experienced in quarter four the year ending 
31 July 2020 was an appropriately severe but plausible scenario;

•  Reviewed the possible mitigating actions identified by management and assessed whether they 

were plausible;

•  Verified the mathematical accuracy of the going concern forecasts and impairment models;

•  Considered liquidity headroom with the available invoice financing facility on both the base and 

severe but plausible scenarios. 

Refer to our first Key Audit Matter above for details of how we considered the impact of COVID-19 
in our procedures over goodwill and acquired intangible asset impairment.

Refer to our third Key Audit Matter above for details of how we considered the impact of COVID-19 
in our audit procedures over the recoverability of trade receivables and accrued income.

We have performed the following procedures where COVID-19 has had an impact on other areas of 
the financial statements:

•  Assessed the process for placing employees and contractors on furlough, audited a sample of 
the amounts received from the UK Government support programmes, agreed a sample of the 
employees to the returns and reviewed that the accounting treatment and disclosures are in line  
with IAS 20;

•   Considered the appropriateness of management’s disclosure of the impact of the pandemic on  

the trading environment and future plans.

We assessed that the conclusions reached and disclosures provided in relation to COVID-19  
are appropriate.

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The Group has 44 operating units which fall into three reporting segments, namely UK Engineering, UK 
Technology and International.

Of the Group’s 44 operating units, we performed audits of complete financial information at 4 operating units in 
the UK due to their financial significance to the Group representing 90% of the Group’s revenue and 76% of the 
Group’s underlying profit before taxation.

In addition, we performed analytical procedures on the remaining 40 operating units to understand key balances 
and transactions in the year and performed additional procedures on any unusual balances identified.

All testing was performed by the Group engagement team with no component teams utilised.

The combination of the work referred to above, together with additional procedures performed at Group level 
including goodwill, intangible assets, share-based payments, the implementation of IFRS 16, taxation and testing 
of the consolidation and adjustments made to the financial statements gave us the evidence we needed for our 
opinion on the financial statements as a whole.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds 
for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit 
and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and 
disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial 
statements as a whole. 

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements90 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Independent auditors’ report continued

to the members of Gattaca plc

Our audit approach continued
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as 
follows:

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Overall materiality

£445,000 (2019: £570,000).

£1,104,000 (2019: £1,094,000).

How we  
determined it

5% of the average of the last three years’ profit from continuing 
operations before tax adjusted for non-underlying items.

1% of total assets.

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Profit from continuing operations before tax adjusted for non-
underlying items is disclosed on page 92. We believe that profit 
from continuing operations before tax adjusted for non-underlying 
items is the primary measure used by shareholders and other users 
of the financial statements in assessing the performance of the 
Group, and that by excluding items such as goodwill impairment 
charges and non-underlying costs, to the extent that they are 
significant, it provides a clearer view on the performance of the 
underlying business. However, this measure has been distorted 
in the current year as a result of COVID-19, therefore a three year 
average of this measure is a more appropriate reflection of the size 
of the business.

We believe that total assets are an 
appropriate metric for assessing the 
Company as it holds the investment 
instruments of the Group and intercompany 
positions with subsidiaries. We applied a 
lower materiality of £422,750 to certain line 
items, account balances and disclosures 
that were in scope for the audit of the Group 
Financial Statements.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall  
Group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was between £350,000 and £422,750.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our  
audit above £22,500 (Group audit) (2019: £28,000) and £22,500 (Company audit) (2019: £28,000) as well  
as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which ISAs (UK) require us to report 
to you where: 

•  the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not 

appropriate; or 

•  the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt about the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised 
for issue.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements 
and our auditors’ report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the 
financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion 
or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent 
material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether 
there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. 
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required 
by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) 
require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

 
91

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 July 2020 is consistent with the financial statements and has 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance 
with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are 
also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our 
opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report 
is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit  

have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Julian Gray (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors Southampton

3 November 2020

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements92 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 31 July 2020

Continuing Operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses2

Profit from continuing operations

Finance income

Finance cost

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year after taxation from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Loss for the year from discontinued operations  
(attributable to equity holders of the Company)

Loss for the year

 Note

2020  
£’000 

Restated1 
2019  
£’000 

2

2

4

6

7

10

11

 538,651 

 634,281 

 (484,375)

 (565,226)

 54,276 

 (50,914)

 3,362 

 91 

 (2,016)

 1,437

 (866)

 571

 69,055 

 (63,956)

 5,099 

 364 

 (2,095)

 3,368 

 (1,485)

 1,883 

 (2,352)

 (1,781)

 (7,784)

 (5,901)

Losses for the year for 2020 and 2019 are wholly attributable to equity holders of the Company. The Company 
has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the Parent 
Company Income Statement.

Earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Note

12

12

2020 
pence

 (5.5)

 (5.5)

2019 
pence

 (18.3)

 (17.8)

Reconciliation to adjusted profit measure
Underlying profit is the Group’s key adjusted profit measure; profit from continuing operations is adjusted to 
exclude non-underlying income and expenditure as defined in the Group’s accounting policy, amortisation 
and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles, impairment of leased right-of-use assets and net foreign 
exchange gains or losses. 

Profit from continuing operations

Add 

 Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, depreciation of leased 
right-of-use assets and amortisation of software and software licences

  Non-underlying items included within administrative expenses

 Amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles  
and impairment of leased right-of-use assets

Underlying EBITDA

Less

 Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment, leased 
right-of-use assets and amortisation of software and software licences

  Net finance costs excluding foreign exchange gains and losses

Underlying profit before taxation

  Underlying taxation

Underlying profit after taxation from continuing operations

Note

2

2,4

2

6,7

10

2020 
£’000

 3,362

 3,245 

 1,248 

 1,382 

 9,237

 (3,245)

 (1,404)

 4,558

 (1,271)

 3,317

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

 5,099 

 1,202 

 1,441 

 7,146 

 14,888 

 (1,202)

 (2,032)

 11,654 

 (2,501)

 9,153 

1 

2 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

 Administrative expenses from continuing operations includes net impairment losses on trade receivables and accrued income of £2,716,000  
(2019: £305,000).

 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 July 2020

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive (loss)/income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

93

2020 
£’000

 (1,781)

2019 
£’000

 (5,901)

 (1,091)

 (1,091)

 645 

 645 

Total comprehensive loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

 (2,872)

 (5,256)

Attributable to:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

2020 
£’000

 (172)

 (2,700)

 (2,872)

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

 1,531 

 (6,787)

 (5,256)

1 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements94 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 July 2020

A) Consolidated

Share  
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Merger  
reserve 
£’000 

Share-based  
payment  
reserve 
£’000 

Translation 
reserve 
£’000 

Treasury  
shares  
reserve 
£’000

Retained  
earnings 
£’000 

Total 

At 1 August 2018

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive  
income/(loss)

Deferred tax movement in 
respect of share options

Share-based payments charge 
(Note 23)

Share-based payments 
reserves transfer

Purchase of treasury shares

Transactions with owners

 323 

 8,706 

 28,750 

 1,074 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 269 

 (590)

 – 

 (321)

 299 

 – 

 645 

 645 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (140)

 (140)

 7,867 

 47,019 

 (5,901)

 (5,901)

 – 

 645 

 (5,901)

 (5,256)

 15 

 15 

 – 

 269 

 590 

 – 

 605 

 – 

 (140)

 144 

At 31 July 2019

 323 

 8,706 

 28,750 

 753 

 944 

 (140)

 2,571 

 41,907 

At 1 August 2019 as per 
originally presented

Adjustment on initial application 
of IFRS 16, net of tax

Restated total equity  
at 1 August 2019

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive loss

Deferred tax movement in 
respect of share options

Reversal of share-based 
payments charge (Note 23)

Share-based payments 
reserves transfer

Issue of treasury shares to 
employees

Transactions with owners

 323 

 8,706 

 28,750 

 753 

 944 

 (140)

 2,571 

 41,907 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 770 

 770 

 323 

 8,706 

 28,750 

 753 

 944 

 (140)

 3,341

 42,677 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (60)

 (167)

 – 

 (227)

 – 

 (1,091)

 (1,091)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (1,781)

 (1,781)

 – 

 (1,091)

 (1,781)

 (2,872)

 (16)

 (16)

 – 

 (60)

 167 

 – 

 43 

 43 

 – 

 151 

 43 

 (33)

At 31 July 2020

 323 

 8,706 

 28,750 

 526 

 (147)

 (97)

 1,711

 39,772

95

B) Company

 Share  
 capital  
 £’000 

 Share  
premium  
 £’000 

 Merger  
 reserve  
 £’000 

Share- 
based  
payment  
reserve  
£’000 

Treasury 
 shares  
reserve 
£’000 

 Retained  
earnings  
 £’000 

 Total 
 £’000 

At 1 August 2018

 323 

 8,706 

 28,526 

 1,074 

 – 

 2,031 

 40,660 

Loss and total comprehensive expense  
for the year (Note 9)

Share-based payments charge (Note 23)

Share-based payments reserves transfer

Transactions with owners

At 31 July 2019

At 1 August 2019

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 269 

 (590)

 (321)

 323 

 8,706 

 28,526 

 753 

 323 

 8,706 

 28,526 

 753 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (231)

 (231)

 – 

 269 

 590 

 590 

 – 

 269 

 2,390 

 40,698 

 2,390 

 40,698 

Loss and total comprehensive expense  
for the year (Note 9)

Reversal of share-based payments charge  
(Note 23)

Share-based payments reserves transfer

Transactions with owners

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (60)

 (167)

 (227)

At 31 July 2020

 323 

 8,706 

 28,526 

 526 

 – 

 – 

 (1,111)

 (1,111)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (60)

 167 

 167 

 – 

 (60)

 1,446 

 39,527 

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements96 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Consolidated and Company Statements of Financial Position
As at 31 July 2020

Non-current assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Bank loans and borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Lease liabilities

Bank loans and borrowings

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital 

Share premium

Merger reserve

Share-based payment reserve

Translation reserve

Treasury shares reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Group

Company

Note

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

13

14

22

15

16

17

16

18

22

20

19

18

22

20

23

 12,877 

1,492 

7,338

 19 

 – 

 11,751 

 3,292 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 16 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 8,520 

 8,580 

 – 

 – 

 21,726 

 15,043 

 8,536 

 8,580 

 48,888 

 34,796 

 83,684

 96,728 

 101,885 

 101,158 

 19,173 

 – 

 – 

 115,901 

 101,885 

 101,158 

 105,410

 130,944 

 110,421 

 109,738 

 (277)

 (2,558)

 (5,746)

 (396)

 (2,349)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (7,304)

 (14,957)

 (15,885)

 (17,702)

 (7,304)

 (7,304)

 (14,957)

 (14,957)

 (46,129)

 (40,676)

 (63,590)

 (54,083)

 (236)

 (1,247)

 (1,990)

 (332)

 (1,289)

 – 

 (151)

 (29,038)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (49,753)

 (71,335)

 (63,590)

 (54,083)

 (65,638)

 (89,037)

 (70,894)

 (69,040)

 39,772

 41,907 

 39,527 

 40,698 

 323 

 8,706 

 323 

 8,706 

 323 

 8,706 

 323 

 8,706 

 28,750 

 28,750 

 28,526 

 28,526 

 526 

 (147)

 (97)

 1,711 

 753 

 944 

 (140)

 2,571 

 526 

 753 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,446 

 2,390 

 39,772

 41,907 

 39,527 

 40,698 

The accompanying notes on pages 98 to 137 form part of these Financial Statements.

The Financial Statements on pages 92 to 137 were approved by the Board of Directors on 3 November 2020  
and signed on its behalf by

Salar Farzad
Chief Financial Officer

97

Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements
For the year ended 31 July 2020

Cash flows from operating activities

Loss after taxation

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and  
amortisation of goodwill and intangible assets

Depreciation of leased right-of-use assets 

Profits from sale of subsidiary, associate or investment

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles and right-of-use assets

Interest income

Interest costs

Taxation expense recognised in Income Statement

Group

Company

2020 
£’000 

2019 
£’000 

2020 
£’000 

2019 
£’000 

 (1,781)

 (5,901)

 (1,111)

 (231)

1,831 

 2,483 

 2,041 

 (304)

 52

 766 

 (91)

1,936 

 598 

 – 

 (135)

 67 

 5,882 

 (437)

 2,096 

 1,417 

4 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 593 

 (339)

 637 

 (281)

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

 47,537 

 17,225 

 – 

 (5,950)

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Share-based payment charge

Investment income

 5,453 

 1,085 

 77

 – 

 (174)

 1,291 

 269 

 – 

Cash generated from/(used in) operations

 59,200

 24,083 

 8,267 

 9,120 

 6,436 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (968)

 (357)

Interest paid

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest received

Income taxes paid

 (1,052)

 (1,993)

 (524)

 (611)

 (214)

 91 

 – 

 86 

 (387)

 (2,523)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

 57,638 

 19,653 

 7,743 

 (968)

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of investments

Proceeds from sale of subsidiary, associate or investment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Dividend received

 (191)

 (673)

 (2,348)

 (2,876)

 – 

 (20)

 (19)

 304 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 2 

 26 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

 (2,254)

 (3,521)

 (20)

Cash flows from financing activities

Lease liability principal repayment

Purchase of treasury shares

Working capital facility repaid

Finance costs paid

Repayment of term loan

Cash used in financing activities

 (1,987)

 – 

 (67)

 (140)

 (28,968)

 (6,740)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (223)

 (7,500)

 – 

 – 

 (223)

 (7,500)

 (38,745)

 (6,880)

 (7,723)

Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

 (1,016)

 163 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year1

 15,623 

 19,173 

 34,796 

 9,415 

 9,758 

 19,173 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 968 

 968 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents for discontinued operations was £1,164,000 (2019 restated: decrease 
of £2,046,000).

1 

 Included in cash and cash equivalents is £2,034,000 of restricted cash (2019: £nil) which meets the definition of cash and cash equivalents but is not 
available for use by the Group. This balance arises from the Group’s non-recourse working capital arrangements, which were entered into in 2020 as 
explained in Note 20.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements98 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements

The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies

1 
1.1  The Business of the Group

Gattaca plc (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) is a human capital resources business 
providing contract and permanent recruitment services in the private and public sectors. The Company is a 
public limited company, which is listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM) and is incorporated and 
domiciled in England, United Kingdom. The Company’s address is: 1450 Parkway, Solent Business Park Whiteley, 
Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 7AF. The Company’s registration number is 04426322. 

1.2  Basis of preparation of the Financial Statements 

The Financial Statements of Gattaca plc have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union (EU-IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS 
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

These Financial Statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention. The accounting policies 
have been applied consistently to all years throughout both the Group and the Company for the purposes of 
preparation of these Financial Statements, apart from the adoption of IFRS 16 from 1 August 2019 using the 
modified retrospective approach to transition, under which comparative information in 2019 has remained as 
presented under IAS 17. A summary of the principal accounting policies of the Group are set out below.

The preparation of Financial Statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas 
involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant 
to the consolidated Financial Statements, are disclosed in Note 1.23. 

1.3  Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance 
and position are set out in the Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity 
position are described in the Chief Financial Officer’s Report. 

There continues to be significant uncertainty regarding the ongoing potential future impact of the COVID-19 
outbreak on our clients and resultant trading activity. We continue to monitor any changes and have regular 
management and monthly Board meetings to assess the situation. We have a wide spread of customers across 
multiple sectors but recognise that COVID-19 continues to impact many of our customers and contractors across 
many industries. 

The majority of our staff have now been working remotely for over seven months and there has not been any 
significant impact to our ability to operate effectively. The initial reduction in contractor numbers in April 2020, 
whilst impacting profitability, has resulted in reduced working capital requirements and has created further 
liquidity. The Group has also undertaken other actions, including an increase to the payment terms of certain 
contractors and these actions have created a permanent working capital benefit, and will reduce our working 
capital requirements during growth. We have seen early signs of minor extensions in debtor days as a result 
of the pandemic impact on trading at our clients and we continue to be alert for any sudden changes. There is 
sufficient headroom on our working capital facilities to absorb a level of extensions but we would also manage 
supply to the customer if payment within an appropriate period was not being made. A significant deterioration 
in payment terms would significantly impact the Group’s liquidity. Our future cost base has also been significantly 
reduced following both a number of redundancies in 2020 as well as a larger scale UK redundancy programme 
announced just before year end. 

Having repaid and cancelled the Revolving Credit Facility on 27 October 2020, the Group is now covenant free.

The Directors have prepared detailed cash flow forecasts to July 2023, covering a period of 33 months from the 
date of approval of these financial statements. This base case is drawn up with appropriate regard for the current 
macroeconomic environment and the particular circumstances in which the Group operates. This conservative 
base case assumes a recovery of the UK business to 80% of pre-COVID-19 contract and permanent NFI by 
the second half of 2021, with further recovery over the 2022 and 2023 years. Trading has been in line with this 
forecast since the year end. 

99

The output of the base case forecasting process has been used to perform sensitivity analysis on the Group’s 
cash flow to model the potential effects should principal risks actually occur either individually or in unison. The 
sensitivity analysis modelled scenarios in which the Group incurred a sustained loss of business arising from a 
prolonged global downturn as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, with a range of slower recovery scenarios 
considered. The Group has modelled the impact of a number of severe but plausible scenarios including the 
sustained loss of over 55% of our permanent NFI until July 2022 compared to March 2020 pre-COVID run rates, 
and a 29% sustained reduction in contractor NFI over the same period, again compared to March 2020 pre-
COVID run rates, and slow recovery after that point. This is in conjunction with the UK Government’s Coronavirus 
Job Retention Scheme ending as currently planned and the repayment of our deferred HMRC payments in full 
in March 2021. These scenarios, whilst severe, still show the Group continuing as a going concern and actual 
current trading performance is trending above the modelled downside scenarios. We have also not quantified or 
included in the sensitivity analysis, further working capital benefits which are likely to occur as we fully embed 
new payment terms across a larger proportion of contractor base. 

After making appropriate enquiries and considering the uncertainties described above, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation at the time of approving these financial statements that the Group and the Company 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Following careful 
consideration the Directors do not consider there to be a material uncertainty with regards to going concern  
and consider it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

1.4  New standards and interpretations

The following are new standards or improvements to existing standards that are mandatory for the first time in 
the Group’s accounting period beginning on 1 August 2019 and no new standards have been early adopted. The 
Group’s July 2020 consolidated financial statements have adopted these amendments to IFRS. Apart from IFRS 
16 Leases, none of these have had any material impact on the Group’s results or financial position:

•  IFRS 9 (amendments) Financial Instruments (effective 1 January 2019)

•  IFRS 16 Leases (effective 1 January 2019) 

•  IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (effective 1 January 2019)

•  Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2017 (effective 1 January 2019)

•  IFRS 16 (amendments) COVID-19 related rent concessions (effective 1 June 2020)

Under IFRS 16 Leases, for all applicable leases, the Group has recognised within the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, and within the Consolidated Income Statement, 
operating lease rental charges have been replaced with depreciation and interest expense. The accounting policy 
under this standard is shown in Note 1.13 and the impact of this change has been disclosed in Note 22 to these 
financial statements.

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments clarifies how to measure current and deferred tax assets 
and liabilities where there is uncertainty that affects the application of IAS 12 Income Taxes. The Group has 
undertaken a review of the current tax position and assessed that the adoption of IFRIC 23 does not have a 
material impact on the Group’s results.

Apart from IFRS 16 Leases there have been no alterations made to the accounting policies as a result of 
considering all of the other amendments above that became effective in the year, as these were either not 
material or were not relevant to the Group or Company.

New standards in issue, not yet adopted

The Group has not yet adopted certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards, 
which have been published but which are only effective for the Group accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 August 2020. These new pronouncements are listed as follows:

•  Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in 

Accounting Estimates and Errors – Definition of material (effective 1 January 2020)

•  IFRS 3 (amendments) Business Combinations - Definition of a business (effective 1 January 2020)

The Directors are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of all other standards, amendments and 
interpretations but do not expect them to have a material impact on the Group’s or Company’s operations  
or results.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements100 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued

1 
1.4  New standards and interpretations continued

Forthcoming requirements

The following amendments are required for application for the Group’s year beginning after 1 August 2020 or later:

Standard

Effective date (annual periods 
beginning on or after)

IAS 1 Amendments

Classification of liabilities as current or non-current

1 January 2022

IAS 16 Amendments

Property, plant and equipment: proceeds before intended use

1 January 2022

IAS 37 Amendments

Onerous contracts-cost of fulfilling a contract

IFRS 3 Amendments

Reference to the conceptual framework

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1.5  Basis of consolidation

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect 
those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control 
is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date on which that control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred 
for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former 
owners of the acquiree, and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes 
the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangements. Identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at 
their fair value at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an 
acquisition-by-acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the 
recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. 

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are 
eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Where necessary, amounts reported by subsidiaries have  
been adjusted to conform to the Group’s accounting policies.

1.6  Revenue

Revenue is measured by reference to the fair value of consideration received or receivable by the Group for 
services provided, excluding VAT and trade discounts.

Temporary placements

Revenue from temporary, or contract, placements is recognised at the point in time when the candidate provides 
services, upon receipt of a client-approved timesheet or equivalent proof of time worked. Timing differences 
between the receipt of a client-approved timesheet and the raising of an invoice are recognised as accrued 
income. The Group has assessed its use of third party providers to supply candidates for temporary placements 
under the agent or principal criteria and has determined that it is the principal on the grounds that it retains 
primary responsibility for provision of the services.

A number of contractual rebate arrangements are in place in respect of volume and value of sales; these are 
accounted for as variable consideration reducing revenue and estimated in line with IFRS 15. 

Any consideration payable at the start of contracts to customers is recognised as a prepayment and released to 
profit or loss over the terms of the contract it relates to, as a reduction to revenue. 

Permanent placements

Revenue from permanent placements, which is based on a percentage of the candidate’s remuneration package, 
is recognised when candidates commence employment which is the point at which the performance obligation 
of the contract is considered met. Some permanent placements are subject to a ‘claw-back’ period whereby if 
a candidate leaves within a set period of starting employment, the customer is entitled to a rebate subject to 
the Group’s terms and conditions. Provisions as a reduction to revenue are recognised for such arrangements if 
material. In addition, a number of contractual rebate arrangements are in place in respect of volume and value of 
sales; these are accounted for as variable consideration reducing revenue and estimated in line with IFRS 15.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued101

Other 

Other revenue streams are generated from provision of engineering services and other fees. Revenue from the 
provision of engineering services is recognised either over a period of time when the performance obligations are 
satisfied over the course of project milestones or at a point in time upon receipt of client-approved timesheets. 
Other fees mainly relate to relate to account management fees for providing recruitment services. Revenue from 
other fees is recognised on confirmation from the client committing to the agreement and either at a point in 
time or over time in accordance with terms of each individual agreement as performance obligations are met.

1.7  Government grants

Government grants are assistance by government in the form of transfers of resources to an entity in return for 
past or future compliance with certain conditions relating to operating activities.

Government grants are recognised when there is a reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the 
conditions attached to it and that the grant will be received. They are recognised in the Income Statement on a 
systematic basis over the periods in which the related costs that they compensate are recognised as expenses. 

Grants are either presented as grant income or deducted in reporting the related expense they compensate in 
the Income Statement. 

1.8  Non-underlying items

Non-underlying items are income or expenditure that are considered unusual and separate to underlying trading 
results because of their size, nature or incidence and are presented within the consolidated income statement but 
highlighted through separate disclosure. The Group’s Directors consider that these items should be separately 
identified within the income statement to enable a proper understanding of the Group’s business performance.

Items which are included within this category include but are not limited to:  

•  costs of acquisitions; 

•  integration costs following acquisitions; and 

•  material restructuring costs including related professional fees and staff costs

In addition, the Group also excludes from underlying results amortisation and impairment of goodwill and 
acquired intangibles, impairment of leased right-of-use assets and net foreign exchange gains or losses.

Specific adjusting items are included as non-underlying based on the following rationale:

Distorting due 
to irregular 
nature year on 
year

Distorting due 
to fluctuating 
nature (size)

Does not 
reflect in-year 
operational 
performance 
of continuing 
business

Item

Costs of acquisitions

Integration costs following acquisitions

Material restructuring costs

Amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles

Impairment of leased right-of-use assets

Net foreign exchange gains and losses

Tax impact of the above

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements102 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued

1 
1.9  Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment.

Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost of an asset, less its estimated residual value, over the useful 
economic life of that asset in terms of annual depreciation as follows:

Motor vehicles 

25.0% 

Fixtures, fittings and equipment 

12.5% to 33.3% 

Reducing balance

Straight line

Leasehold improvements 

Over the period of the lease term 

Straight line

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each 
reporting period.  

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount 
is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. 

When revalued assets are sold, the amounts included in other reserves in respect of those assets are transferred 
to retained earnings. 

1.10  Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration 
given for a business over the Company’s interest in the fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities of the acquiree. Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment. 

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate a potential impairment. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units, being the lowest level at which 
goodwill is monitored. The carrying value of the assets of the cash-generating unit, including goodwill, intangible 
and tangible assets and working capital balances, is compared to its recoverable amount, which is the higher of 
value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Any excess in carrying value over recoverable amount is recognised 
immediately as an impairment expense and is not subsequently reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an 
entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

1.11  Intangible assets

Customer relationships

Customer relationships comprise principally of existing customer relationships which may give rise to future 
orders (customer relationships), and existing order books. They are recognised at fair value at the acquisition 
date, and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Customer relationships 
are determined to have a useful life of ten years and are amortised on a straight-line basis.

Trade names and trademarks

Trade names and trademarks have either arisen on the consolidation of acquired businesses or have been 
separately purchased and are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They are subsequently measured 
at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Trade names and trademarks are determined to have a 
useful life of ten years and are amortised on a straight-line basis.

Software and software licences

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring 
into use the specific software. These costs are amortised using the straight line method to allocate the cost of 
the software licences over their useful lives of between two and five years. Subsequent licence renewals are 
expensed to profit or loss as incurred. Software licences are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment.

Internally generated intangible assets

Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software 
products are capitalised as part of internally generated software and include employee costs and professional 
fees attributable to the development of the asset. Other expenditure that does not meet these criteria is 
recognised as an expense to profit or loss as incurred. Software development costs recognised as assets are 
amortised on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives of between two and ten years.

Expenditure on internally generated brands and other intangible assets is expensed to profit or loss as incurred.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued103

Other

Other intangible assets acquired by the Group have a finite useful life between five and ten years and are 
measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated losses. 

Amortisation of intangible assets and impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss within administrative 
expenses.

Intangible assets are tested for impairment either as part of a goodwill-carrying cash-generated unit, or when 
events arise that indicate an impairment may be triggered. Provision is made against the carrying value of an 
intangible asset where an impairment is deemed to have occurred. Impairment losses on intangible assets are 
recognised in the income statement under administrative expenses.

1.12  Disposal of assets

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the income statement at the time of disposal.

1.13  Leases

The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach and therefore the comparative 
information has not been restated and continues to be reported under IAS17 and IFRIC 14.

The Group leases office property, motor vehicles and equipment. Rental contracts range from monthly to  
eight years.

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or 
contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration. Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components, and consideration is 
allocated in the contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis at the lease 
commencement date. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the fixed payments less any lease 
incentives receivable, variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, amounts expected to be 
payable by the group under residual value guarantees, the exercise price of any purchase option if the Group is 
reasonably certain to exercise that option, and payments of penalties for terminating the lease if that option is 
expected to be taken.

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of 
the liability.

Lease payments are discounted at either the interest rate implicit in the lease or when this interest rate cannot 
be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate associated with a similar asset. When calculating 
lease liabilities, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate, being the rate it would have to pay to borrow the 
funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic climate with similar terms, security and 
conditions. This is estimated using publicly available data adjusted for changes specific to the lease in financing 
conditions, lease term, country and currency.

The Group does not have leases with variable lease payments based on an index or rate.

Extension or termination options are included in a number of the Group’s leases. In determining the lease term, 
the Group considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise, or not to exercise, 
an option. Extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended. 
The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not 
to exercise) it. The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change 
in circumstances occurs that is within the control of the Group. 

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss 
over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the 
liability for each period.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: 

•  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability,

•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received,

•  any initial direct costs, and

•  restoration costs

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements104 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued

1 
1.13  Leases continued

Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease with depreciation expense 
recognised in the income statement.

Lease modifications are a change in scope of a lease that was not part of the original lease. Any change that 
is triggered by a clause already part of the original lease contract is a re-assessment and not a modification. 
Changes to lease cash flows as part of a re-assessment result in a re-measurement of the lease liability using an 
updated discount rate and a corresponding adjustment to the carrying value of the right-of-use asset.

Advantage has been taken of the practical expedients for exemptions provided for leases with less than 
12 months to run, for leases of low value, to account for leases with similar characteristics as a portfolio with a 
single discount rate and to present existing onerous lease provisions against the carrying value of right-of-use 
assets. Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low value are recognised on a straight-line 
basis as an expense in profit or loss. 

1.14  Taxation

The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Income Statement, 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.  
In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
statement of financial position date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and 
generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect 
to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions, where 
appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income taxes are calculated using the liability method on temporary differences. Deferred tax is 
generally provided on the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. 
However, deferred tax is not provided on the initial recognition of goodwill, nor on the initial recognition of an 
asset or liability unless the related transaction is a business combination or affects tax or accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are provided in full, with no discounting. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent 
that it is probable that the underlying deductible temporary differences will be able to be offset against future 
taxable income. Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at tax rates that are expected 
to apply to their respective period of realisation, provided they are enacted or substantively enacted at the 
Statement of Financial Position date.

Deferred tax on temporary differences associated with shares in subsidiaries is not provided for if these temporary 
differences can be controlled by the Group and it is probable that reversal will not occur in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to the offset and there 
is an intention to settle balances on a net basis.

Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a component of tax expense in the Income 
Statement, except where they relate to items that are charged or credited directly to equity (such as share-based 
payments) in which case the related deferred tax is also charged or credited directly to equity.

1.15  Pension costs 

The Group operates a number of country-specific defined contribution plans for its employees. A defined 
contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Once 
the contributions have been paid the Group has no further payment obligations. The contributions are recognised 
as an expense when they are due. Amounts not paid are shown in other creditors in the Statement of Financial 
Position. The assets of the plan are held separately from the Group in independently administered funds.

1.16  Share-based payments

All share-based remuneration is ultimately recognised as an expense in the Income Statement with a corresponding 
credit to the share-based payment reserve. All goods and services received in exchange for the grant of any 
share-based remuneration are measured at their fair values. Fair values of employee services are indirectly 
determined by reference to the fair value of the share options awarded. Their value is appraised at the grant date 
and excludes the impact of non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and sales growth targets).

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued105

If vesting periods or other non-market vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated over the vesting 
period, based on the best available estimate of the number of share options expected to vest. Estimates 
are subsequently revised if there is any indication that the number of share options expected to vest differs 
from previous estimates. Any cumulative adjustment prior to vesting is recognised in the current period. No 
adjustment is made to any expense recognised in prior periods if share options ultimately exercised are different 
to that estimated on vesting. Upon exercise of share options, proceeds received net of attributable transaction 
costs are credited to share capital and share premium.

The Company is the granting and settling entity in the Group share-based payment arrangement where share 
options are granted to employees of its subsidiary companies. The Company recognises the share-based 
payment expense as an increase in the investment in subsidiary undertakings.

The Group operates two long-term incentive share option plans. The Zero Priced Share Option Bonus covers all 
share options issued with an exercise price of £0.01; the Long-Term Incentive Plan Options have an exercise price 
above £0.01. Grants under both categories have been made as part of a CSOP scheme, depending on the terms 
of specific grants.

The Group also operates a Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’), the Gattaca plc Share Incentive Plan (‘The Plan’), which 
is approved by HMRC. The Plan is held by Gattaca plc UK Employee Benefit Trust (‘the EBT’), the purpose of 
which is to enable employees to purchase Company shares out of pre-tax salary. For each share purchased the 
Company grants an additional share at no cost to the employee. The expense in relation to these ‘free’ shares is 
recorded as employee remuneration and measured at fair value of the shares issued as at the date of grant. The 
assets and liabilities of the EBT are included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

1.17  Financial instruments 

Financial assets

IFRS 9 contains a classification and measurement approach for financial assets that reflects the business model 
in which assets are managed and their cash flow characteristics. Under IFRS 9, all financial assets are measured 
at either amortised cost, fair value through profit and loss (‘FVTPL’) or fair value through other comprehensive 
income (‘FVOCI’). 

Financial assets: debt instruments

The Group classifies its debt instruments in the following measurement categories depending on the Group’s 
business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset:

(i) those to be measured subsequently at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘OCI’): Assets that 
are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows 
represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount 
are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign 
exchange gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the 
cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in 
other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective 
interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment 
expenses are presented as separate line item in the Income Statement.

(ii) those to be measured subsequently at FVTPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or 
FVOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL 
is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the year in which it arises. 

(iii) those to be measured subsequently at amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash 
flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. 
Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. 
Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/
(losses), together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as a separate line 
item in the Income Statement.

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those 
assets changes.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements106 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued

1 
1.17  Financial instruments continued

Financial assets: equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management 
has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent 
reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. 
Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Group’s 
right to receive payments is established.

Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not 
reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment of financial assets

IFRS 9 require the application of the ‘Expected Credit Loss’ model (‘ECL’). This applies to all financial assets 
measured at amortised cost or FVOCI, except equity investments.

The Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments 
carried at amortised cost and FVOCI. 

The Group has reviewed each category of its financial assets to assess the level of credit risk and ECL provision 
to apply:

•  Trade receivables: the Group has chosen to take advantage of the practical expedient in IFRS 9 when assessing 
default rates over its portfolio of trade receivables, to estimate the ECL based on historical default rates specific 
to groups of customers by industry and geography that carry similar credit risks. Separate ECL’s have been 
modelled for UK customers in different industries, and customers in the Americas, Europe, Asia and Africa.

•  Accrued income is in respect of temporary placements where a client-approved timesheet has been received 
or permanent placements where a candidate has commenced employment, but no invoice has been raised. 
Default rates have been determined by reference to historical data.

•  Cash and cash equivalents are held with established financial institutions. The Group has determined that 

based on the external credit ratings of counterparties, this financial asset has a very low credit risk and that 
the estimated expected credit loss provision is not material.

At each reporting date, the expected credit loss provision will be reviewed to reflect changes in credit risk and 
historical default rates and other economic factors. Changes in the ECL provision are recognised in profit or loss.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognised when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument and comprise trade and other payables and 
bank loans. Financial liabilities are recorded initially at fair value, net of direct issue costs and are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

A financial liability is derecognised only when the obligation is extinguished, that is, when the obligation is 
discharged, cancelled or expires.  

Non-recourse receivables factoring is not recognised as a financial liability as there is no contractual obligation 
to deliver cash; subsequently, the receivables are de-recognised and any difference between the receivable value 
and amount received through non-recourse factoring is recognised as a finance cost. 

1.18  Cash and cash equivalents

In the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call 
with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and bank 
overdrafts. In the Statement of Financial Position and Cash Flow Statement, bank overdrafts are netted against 
cash and cash equivalents where the offsetting criteria are met.

Cash in transit inbound from, or outbound to, a third party is recognised when the transaction is no longer 
reversible by the party making the payment. This is determined to be in respect of all electronic payments and 
receipt transactions that commence before or on the reporting date and complete within one business day after 
the reporting date.

Restricted cash and cash equivalent balances are those which meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents 
but are not available for wider use by the Group. These balances arise from the Group’s non-recourse working 
capital arrangements.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued107

1.19  Provisions

Provisions are recognised where the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past 
events; it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount has 
been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

1.20 Dividends

Dividend distributions payable to equity shareholders are included in ‘other short term financial liabilities’ when 
the dividends are approved in general meeting prior to the financial position date.

1.21  Foreign currencies 

Items included in the Financial Statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of 
the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated 
Financial Statements are presented in ‘currency’ (GBP), which is the Group’s presentation currency. 

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the 
Statement of Financial Position date. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign 
currency are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items that are 
measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair 
value was determined. Income and expenses are translated at the actual rate.

Any exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates 
different from those at which they were initially recorded are recognised in the Income Statement in the year in 
which they arise. 

The assets and liabilities in the Financial Statements of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange 
ruling at the Statement of Financial Position date. 

The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in its functional currency. On 
consolidation, the assets and liabilities of overseas subsidiaries, including any related goodwill, are translated to 
Sterling at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. The results and cashflows of overseas subsidiaries 
are translated to Sterling using the average rates of exchange during the period. Exchange adjustments arising 
from the re-translations of the opening net investment and the results for the period to the period end rate 
are accounted for in the translation reserve in the statement of comprehensive income. On divestment, these 
exchange differences are reclassified from the translation reserve to the Income Statement.

1.22  Equity

Equity comprises the following:

•  ‘Share capital’ represents the nominal value of equity shares

•  ‘Share premium’ represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of consideration received for equity 

shares, net of expenses of the share issue

•  ‘Merger reserve’ represents the equity balance arising on the merger of Matchtech Engineering and 

Matchmaker Personnel and to record the excess fair value above the nominal value of the share consideration 
on the acquisition of Networkers International plc

•  ‘Share-based payment reserve’ represents equity-settled share-based employee remuneration until such share 

options are exercised or lapse

•  ‘Translation reserve’ represents the foreign currency differences arising on translating foreign operations into 

the presentational currency of the Group

•  ‘Treasury shares reserve’ represents Company shares purchased directly by the Group to satisfy obligations 

under the employee share plan

•  ‘Retained earnings’ represents retained profits

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements108 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Group and Company Significant Accounting Policies continued

1 
1.23  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

Critical accounting judgements

The Directors are of the opinion there are no critical accounting judgements.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the Statement  
of Financial Position date that carry a risk of causing a material adjustment within the next 12 months are 
discussed below: 

ECL provisions in respect of trade receivables

The Group’s policy for default risk over receivables is based on the on-going evaluation of the credit risk of its 
trade receivables. Estimation is used in assessing the ultimate realisation of these receivables, including reviewing 
the potential likelihood of default, the past collection history of each customer, any insurance coverage in 
place and the current economic conditions. As a result, expected credit loss provisions for impairment of trade 
receivables have been recognised, as discussed in Note 18. The impact of COVID-19 has been incorporated into 
these estimates.

Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets 

Goodwill and intangible assets (including acquired intangibles) are tested for impairment on an annual basis or 
otherwise when changes in events or situations indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. This 
requires an estimate to be made of the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the assets are 
allocated, including forecasting future cash flows of each cash-generating unit and forming assumptions over 
the discount rate and long-term growth rate applied. The impact of COVID-19 has been reflected in the forecast 
future cashflows. Further details on the sensitivity of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets to 
changes in the key assumptions are set out in Note 13.

2  Segmental Information
An operating segment, as defined by IFRS 8 ‘Operating segments’, is a component of the Group that engages in 
business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses. The Group is managed through its three 
reporting segments, UK Engineering, UK Technology and International, which form the operating segments on 
which the information below is prepared. The Group determines and presents operating segments based on the 
information that is provided internally to the chief operating decision maker, which has been identified as the 
Board of Directors of Gattaca plc. 

2020

All amounts in £’000

Revenue

Gross profit

UK 
Engineering

UK 
Technology

International

Continuing 
underlying 
operations

Non-
underlying 
items1

Discontinued 
operations

Group  
total

Operating contribution

 24,538

 3,436 

 1,300

 29,274

 416,515

 104,306 

 17,830 

 538,651

39,808

 7,971 

 6,497 

 54,276 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 339 

 538,990

 391 

 54,667

 (740)

 28,534

Depreciation, impairment 
and amortisation

 (2,509)

 (628)

 (108)

 (3,245)

 (1,382)

 (11)

 (4,638)

Central overheads

 (15,106)

 (2,732)

 (2,199)

 (20,037)

 (1,248)

 (1,949)

 (23,234)

Profit/(loss) from operations

 6,923 

 76 

 (1,007)

 5,992

 (2,630)

 (2,700)

 662

Finance (cost)/income, net

Profit/(loss) before taxation

 (1,404)

 (521)

 80 

 (1,845)

 4,588

 (3,151)

 (2,620)

 (1,183)

1 

 Non-underlying items includes non-underlying income and expenses, amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles,  
impairment of right-of-use assets and net foreign exchange gains or losses.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued109

2019 Restated1

All amounts in £’000

Revenue

Gross profit

Operating contribution

Depreciation, impairment 
and amortisation

UK 
Engineering

UK 
Technology

International

Continuing 
underlying 
operations

Non-
underlying 
items2

Discontinued 
operations

Group  
total

 475,903 

 136,084 

 22,294 

 634,281 

 49,442 

 27,489 

 11,575 

 5,902 

 8,038 

 69,055 

 1,860 

 35,251 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 12,904 

 647,185 

 3,043 

 72,098 

 (551)

 34,700 

 (904)

 (258)

 (40)

 (1,202)

 (7,146)

 (17)

 (8,365)

Central overheads

 (14,759)

 (3,835)

 (1,769)

 (20,363)

 (1,441)

 (7,356)

 (29,160)

Profit/(loss) from operations

 11,826 

 1,809 

 51 

 13,686 

 (8,587)

 (7,924)

 (2,825)

Finance (cost)/income, net

Profit/(loss) before taxation

 (2,032)

 301 

 72 

 (1,659)

 11,654 

 (8,286)

 (7,852)

 (4,484)

A segmental analysis of total assets has not been included as this information is not used by the Board; the 
majority of assets are centrally held and are not allocated across the reportable segments.

Geographical information

All amounts in £’000

UK

Rest of Europe

Middle East and Africa

Americas

Asia Pacific

Total

Total Group revenue

Non-current assets

2020

2019

2020

2019

 515,869

 613,055 

 21,051 

 14,844 

 3,469 

 4,313 

 1,786 

 5,658 

 17,534 

 21,966 

 332 

 2,193 

 1 

 286 

 388 

 – 

 1 

 13 

 172 

 13 

 538,990 

 647,185 

 21,726 

 15,043 

Revenue and non-current assets are allocated to the geographical market based on the domicile of the 
respective subsidiary.

1 

2 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

 Non-underlying items includes non-underlying income and expenses, amortisation and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles, 
impairment of right-of-use assets and net foreign exchange gains or losses.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements110 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

3  Revenue From Contracts With Customers

Revenue from contracts with customers is disaggregated by major service line and operating segment, as well as 
timing of revenue recognition as follows:

Major service lines – continuing underlying operations 

UK Engineering

UK Technology

International

Total

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

2020 
£’000

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

2020 
£’000

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

Temporary placements  407,494 

 463,840 

 102,660 

 133,491 

 13,678 

 17,022 

 523,832

 614,353 

Permanent placements

 8,734 

 11,887 

 1,654 

 2,593 

 4,152 

 5,261 

 14,540 

 19,741 

Other

Total

 287 

 176 

 (8)

 – 

 – 

 11 

 279 

 187 

 416,515 

 475,903 

 104,306 

 136,084 

 17,830 

 22,294 

 538,651 

 634,281 

Timing of revenue recognition – continuing underlying operations

UK Engineering

UK Technology

International

Total

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

2020 
£’000

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

2020 
£’000

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

Point in time

Over time

Total

 416,228

 475,903 

 104,306 

 136,084 

 17,830 

 22,294 

 538,364 

 634,281 

 287 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 287 

 – 

 416,515 

 475,903 

 104,306 

 136,084 

 17,830 

 22,294 

 538,651 

 634,281 

No single customer contributed more than 10% of the Group’s revenues (2019: none). Revenue is wholly 
recognised in relation to performance obligations satisfied in the period.

The Group has determined that its contract assets from contracts with customers are trade receivables and 
accrued income, and its contract liabilities are deferred income, which are set out below:

Trade receivables (Note 17)

Accrued income (Note 17)

Deferred income (Note 19)

31 July 2020 
 £’000

 27,703

 15,900 

 (1,090)

31 July 2019 
 £’000

 71,704 

 22,837 

 (566)

Accrued income relates to the Group’s right to consideration for temporary and permanent placements made 
but not billed by the year end. These transfer to trade receivables once billing occurs. All accrued income at 
a given reporting date is billed within the following financial year and is classified in current assets. Deferred 
income at a given reporting date is recognised as revenue in the following financial year once performance 
obligations are satisfied and is classified in current liabilities.

1 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued111

4  Profit/(Loss) From Total Operations

Profit/(loss) from total operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of plant, property and equipment (Note 14)

Depreciation of right-of-use leased assets (Note 22)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (Note 13)

Amortisation of software & software licences (Note 13)

Impairment of goodwill and acquired intangibles (Note 13)

Impairment of right-of-use leased assets (Note 22)

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating lease costs:

– Plant and machinery

– Land and buildings

Non-recourse working capital facility bank charges

Share-based payment charges

Net losses/(gains) on foreign currency translation

The aggregate auditors’ remuneration was as follows:

Fees payable for the audit of the Parent Company financial statements

Fees payable for the audit of the subsidiary company financial statements

Total auditors’ remuneration

Non-audit services:

– Taxation

– Other services pursuant to legislation

Total non-audit services

Non-underlying items included within Administrative Expenses were as follows:

Continuing operations

Integration costs1

Restructuring costs2

Gain on sale of investment3

Non-underlying items included in profit from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Recognition of onerous lease provision4

Advisory fees5

Costs relating to discontinuation of group undertakings6

Non-underlying items included in loss from discontinued operations

Total non-underlying items

2020 
 £’000

943

 2,041 

 616 

 272 

 334 

 432 

 52

 47 

 192 

 241 

 77 

 521

2020  
£’000

 10 

294

304

 – 

 – 

 – 

2020  
£’000

 – 

 1,552 

 (304)

 1,248 

2020  
£’000

 – 

 1,395 

 554 

 1,949 

 3,197 

2019 
 £’000

 891 

 – 

 1,264 

 328 

 5,882 

 – 

 67 

 316 

 2,033 

 – 

 269 

 (302)

2019 
 £’000

 10 

 247 

 257 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2019 
 £’000

 1,441 

 – 

 – 

 1,441 

2019  

£’000

 1,102 

 3,424 

 1,205 

 5,731 

 7,172 

1 

 Integration costs of £1,441,000 were incurred in 2019 in relation to the closure of the previous Networkers Group head office and the integration of the 
sales and support functions into the wider Gattaca group, including certain employee restructuring costs.

2  Restructuring costs of £1,552,000 (2019: £nil) were incurred in 2020 in respect of employee related expenses and professional fees.

3 

4 

 In November 2019, the Group concluded the sale of its 10% minority interest investment in Concilium Search Limited for consideration in cash of 
£304,000. The investment carrying value was £nil, so a profit on sale of investments of £304,000 was recognised, and presented as non-underlying due 
to its material value and nature not arising from trading activities. 

 Prior to the adoption of IFRS 16, an onerous lease provision of £1,102,000 was recognised in 2019 in respect of property directly affected by the closure of 
the contract Telecoms Infrastructure business.

5  Legal fees incurred in 2020 and 2019 in relation to the Group’s co-operation with certain voluntary enquiries from the US Department of Justice.

6 

 Ongoing costs relating to the preparation of entities affected by the closure of the contract Telecoms Infrastructure business for liquidation, including 
professional fees and impairment of certain working capital balances. In addition for 2020, closure costs relating to the Group’s operations in China, 
including staff termination costs, legal and advisory fees and impairment of certain working capital balances.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements112 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

5  Particulars of Employees 
The monthly average number of staff employed by the Group, including Executive Directors, during the financial 
year amounted to:

Total operations

Sales

Administration

Directors

Total

There are no employees employed by the Parent Company (2019: nil).

The aggregate payroll costs of the above were:

Total operations

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments

Total

2020  
No.

 482 

 176 

 7 

 665 

2020 
£’000 

 27,918 

 3,394 

 806 

 77 

2019  
No.

 531 

 200 

 8 

 739 

2019 
£’000 

 37,189 

 4,484 

 905 

 269 

 32,195 

 42,847 

Amounts due to defined contribution pension providers at 31 July 2020 were £117,000 (2019: £165,000).

Disclosure of the remuneration of the statutory Directors is further detailed in the audited part of the 
Remuneration Report on pages 76 to 83. Disclosure of the remuneration of Group’s key management personnel, 
as required by IAS 24, is detailed below:

Total operations

Short-term employee benefits

Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes

Share-based payments

Total

6  Finance Income

Continuing operations

Interest income

Net gains on foreign currency translation

Total

2020  
£’000

 1,687 

 119 

 (62)

 1,744 

2020  
£’000

 91 

 – 

 91 

2019  

£’000

 2,296 

 163 

 (22)

 2,437 

Restated1  
2019  

£’000

 63 

 301 

 364 

1 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued7  Finance Costs

Continuing operations

Bank interest expense

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Amortisation of capitalised finance costs

Net losses on foreign currency translation

Total

113

2020  
£’000

 1,130 

 214 

 151 

 521 

Restated1  
2019  

£’000

 1,992 

 – 

 103 

 – 

 2,016 

 2,095 

8  Government Grants
Grant income recognised from government grants recognised in Cost of sales and Administrative expenses are 
as follows:

Continuing operations

UK Government Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme grant income recognised  
in Cost of sales for temporary workers

UK Government Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme grant income recognised 
in Administrative expenses for employees

Total

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

 2,335 

 1,471 

 3,806 

 – 

 – 

 – 

As a response to the COVID-19 global pandemic, the Group made use of the UK Government’s Coronavirus 
Job Retention Scheme. Under this scheme, Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (HMRC) provides UK companies 
with a non-refundable grant equivalent to a portion of wages, National Insurance contributions and pension 
contributions for employees and temporary workers who are retained in employment but placed on furlough. 
When considering temporary workers, the contractors employed by Gattaca’s clients that Gattaca provides 
payroll services to and whose costs are recognised as Cost of sales by Gattaca, are also considered eligible.

As the scheme is conditional upon the Group retaining its employees in employment, or the temporary contract 
workers being retained by their employers, whilst they are furloughed during the COVID-19 pandemic, it is 
designed to compensate companies for staff or temporary worker costs incurred. As all claims submitted for 
the period have either been received or are expected to be receivable, the Group considers the scheme meets 
the definition of a government grant as set out in IAS 20 and has accounted for it as such. For grants received 
or receivable for Gattaca’s employees on furlough, the Group has presented the grant income as a deduction 
to staff costs presented in Administrative expenses in the Income Statement; for grants received or receivable 
for temporary contract workers of Gattaca’s clients on furlough, the Group has presented the grant income as a 
deduction to Cost of sales.

9  Parent Company Loss

The amount of loss generated by the Parent Company was:

2020  
£’000

 (1,111)

2019  

£’000

 (231)

1 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements114 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

10  Taxation

Analysis of charge in the year

Current tax:

UK corporation tax

Overseas corporation tax

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Deferred tax credit 
(Note 16)

Origination and reversal  
of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Income tax expense/(credit) for the year

UK corporation tax has been charged at 19% (2019: 19%).

Continuing

Discontinued

Continuing

Discontinued

2020  
£’000

 790 

 215 

 (117)

 888

 (132)

 110 

 (22)

866

2020 
 £’000

 (269)

 1 

 – 

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

 2,368 

 384 

 (178)

 (268)

 2,574 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (268)

 (943)

 (146)

 (1,089)

 1,485 

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

 (913)

 845 

 – 

 (68)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (68)

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit/(loss) as per the Income Statement as follows: 

Profit/(loss) before tax

Profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the standard  
rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2019: 19%)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes and goodwill 
impairment loss

Effect of share-based payments

Irrecoverable withholding tax

Overseas losses not recognised as deferred tax assets

Difference between UK and overseas tax rates

Adjustment to tax charge in respect of previous years

Total taxation charge /(credit) for the year 

Tax charge/(credit) recognised in equity:

Deferred tax charge/(credit) recognised directly in equity

Total tax charge/(credit) recognised directly in equity

Continuing

Discontinued

Continuing

Discontinued

2020 
£’000 

 1,437

2020 
£’000 

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

 (2,620)

 3,368 

 (7,852)

 273 

 (498)

 640 

 (1,492)

 21 

 70 

 42 

 610 

 (143)

 (7)

 866

 11 

 – 

 – 

 290 

 (71)

 – 

 (268)

 1,140 

 107 

 109 

 (304)

 117 

 (324)

 1,485 

2020  
£’000

 16 

 16 

 43 

 – 

 727 

 538 

 116 

 – 

 (68)

2019 
 £’000

 (15)

 (15)

1 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continuedReconciliation of statutory continuing tax charge to continuing underlying tax charge:

Income tax expense

Impairment and amortisation of acquired intangibles

Non-underlying items

Foreign currency exchange differences

Underlying income tax expense

Future tax rate changes

115

2020  
£’000

 866 

143

 280 

 (18)

 1,271

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

 1,485 

 846 

 244 

 (74)

 2,501 

On 17 March 2020, the UK government substantively enacted a reversal of the UK corporation tax rate reduction 
to 17% from 1 April 2020. The main UK corporation tax rate therefore remains at 19% and this has been reflected 
in the consolidated financial statements.

As these changes of rates have been enacted at the balance sheet date, the impact of these reductions has been 
reflected in the deferred tax liability at 31 July 2020.

11  Discontinued Operations
2020

On 9 March 2020, the Group commenced communications with the management and employees of its Chinese 
subsidiary, announcing its intention to cease its remaining operations in China, having previously ceased all 
Telecoms Infrastructure business undertaken by China already in 2019. As at 31 July 2020, all operations and 
staff had been terminated and the Group continues to work with in-country advisors to commence company 
closure proceedings. As this has now resulted in the Group’s withdrawal from all operations in China, the 
Group has classified its Chinese operations as discontinued in the consolidated financial statements for year 
ended 31 July 2020 and restated the comparative results for 2019 in line with presentational requirements for 
discontinued operations.

2019

On 4 September 2018 the Group announced that it was withdrawing from the contract Telecoms Infrastructure 
markets in Africa, Asia and Latin America as well as its operations in the United Arab Emirates, Singapore, 
Malaysia and Qatar. As a result, all operations associated with that business stream have been classified 
as discontinued in the 2019 and 2020 financial years. As part of this withdrawal, on 25 June 2019 NWKI 
Communications LLC was sold for cash consideration of £2,000. The entity had net liabilities on disposal of 
£48,000 resulting in a gain of £46,000. 

As detailed in Note 15, Gattaca de Colombia SAS, Comms Resources Colombia and Gattaca France SAS were 
liquidated during the financial year ended 31 July 2019, resulting in a gain of £89,000. These entities made a 
trading loss of £68,000 during financial year ended 31 July 2019. The results of these liquidated businesses are 
included in discontinued operations in 2019.

1 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements116 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

11  Discontinued Operations continued
Financial performance and cash flow information

Revenue

Cost of Sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses2

Loss from operations

Finance income

Income from fixed asset investments

Loss before taxation

Taxation

Loss for the year after taxation from discontinued operations

Exchange differences on translation of discontinued operations

Other comprehensive loss from discontinued operations

Net cash outflow from operating activities

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

2020  
£’000

 339 

 52 

 391 

 (3,091)

 (2,700)

 3 

 77 

Restated1  
2019 
 £’000

 12,904 

 (9,861)

 3,043 

 (10,967)

 (7,924)

 73 

 (1)

 (2,620)

 (7,852)

 268 

 (2,352)

 (348)

 (2,700)

2020  
£’000

 (1,109)

77 

 (76)

 (56)

 68 

 (7,784)

 997 

 (6,787)

Restated1 
2019  

£’000

 (2,056)

 14 

 – 

 (4)

Net decrease in cash generated by discontinued operations

 (1,164)

 (2,046)

12  Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share (EPS) has been calculated by dividing the consolidated profit or loss after taxation attributable 
to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per share has been calculated on the same basis as above, except that the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares 
(arising from the Group’s share option schemes) into ordinary shares has been added to the denominator. 
Share options (Note 23) are treated as dilutive when, at the reporting date, they would be issuable had the 
performance year ended at that date.

The Group has dilutive potential ordinary shares, being the LTIP and Zero-priced share options (Note 23). The 
number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined as the average annual market share 
price of the Company’s shares) is calculated based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to 
the outstanding share options.

The effect of potential ordinary shares are reflected in diluted EPS only when they are dilutive. Potential 
ordinary shares are considered dilutive when their inclusion in the calculation would decrease EPS, or increase 
the loss per share from continuing operations in accordance with IAS 33. This is regardless of whether the 
potential ordinary shares are dilutive for EPS from total operations. The effect of potential ordinary shares are 
considered to be dilutive for year ended 31 July 2020 and 31 July 2019 and therefore have been included in the 
calculation below. The diluted loss per share is lower than basic loss per share because of the effect of losses 
from discontinued operations.

There are no changes to the profit numerator as a result of the dilution calculation. 

1 

2 

 2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations in 2020 as explained in Note 11. 

 Included in administrative expenses are £1,949,000 (2019: £5,731,000) of non-underlying items, as detailed in Note 4. In addition, it includes net 
impairment release on trade receivables from discontinued operations of £166,000 (2019 loss: £689,000).

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued117

2020  
£’000

 (1,781)

2020 
‘000

 32,285 

 68

 32,353 

2020  
pence

 (5.5)

 (5.5)

2020  
£’000 

 571

2020  
pence

 1.8 

 1.8 

2020  
£’000 

 (2,352)

2020  
pence

 (7.3)

 (7.3)

2020  
£’000 

 3,317

2020  
pence

 10.3 

 10.3 

2019 
 £’000

 (5,901)

2019 
‘000

 32,267 

 877 

 33,144 

2019  

pence

 (18.3)

 (17.8)

Restated1  
2019 
£’000 

 1,883 

Restated1 
2019  

pence

 5.8 

 5.7 

Restated1  
2019 
£’000 

 (7,784)

Restated1 
2019  

pence

 (24.1)

 (23.5)

Restated1  
2019 
£’000 

 9,153 

Restated1 
2019  

pence

 28.4 

 27.6 

Total loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

Number of shares

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 

Dilutive potential ordinary shares 

Diluted weighted average number of shares

Total earnings per share

Earnings per ordinary share 

Basic

Diluted

Earnings from continuing operations

Total profit for the year

Total earnings per share for continuing operations

Earnings per ordinary share  
from continuing operations

Basic

Diluted

Earnings from discontinuing operations

Total loss for the year

Total earnings per share for discontinuing operations

Earnings per ordinary share  
from discontinuing operations

Basic

Diluted

Earnings from continuing underlying operations

Total profit for the year

Total earnings per share for continuing underlying operations

Earnings per ordinary share from 
continuing underlying operations

Basic

Diluted

1 

2019 figures have been restated for the presentation of discontinued operations as explained in Note 11.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements118 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

13  Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Group

Cost

Goodwill 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships 
£’000 

Trade 
names 
£’000 

Software  
and software  
licences  
£’000 

Other 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

At 1 August 2018

 28,739 

 22,245 

 5,326 

 3,809 

 3,369 

 63,488 

Additions

 – 

 – 

 20 

 – 

 2,856 

 2,876 

At 31 July 2019

 28,739 

 22,245 

 5,346 

 3,809 

 6,225 

 66,364 

Additions

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 2,348 

 2,348 

At 31 July 2020

 28,739 

 22,245 

 5,346 

 3,809 

 8,573 

 68,712 

Amortisation  
and impairment

At 1 August 2018

 21,779 

 16,698 

 4,040 

 2,883 

 1,739 

 47,139 

Amortisation for the year

 – 

 758 

Impairment

 2,603 

 2,468 

 167 

 744 

 339 

 67 

 328 

 1,592 

 – 

 5,882 

At 31 July 2019

 24,382 

 19,924 

 4,951 

 3,289 

 2,067 

 54,613 

Amortisation for the year

Impairment

 – 

 – 

 325 

 281 

 53 

 53 

 238 

 – 

 272 

 – 

 888 

 334 

At 31 July 2020

 24,382 

 20,530 

 5,057 

 3,527 

 2,339 

 55,835 

Net book value

At 31 July 2019

At 31 July 2020

 4,357 

 4,357 

 2,321 

 1,715 

 395 

 289 

 520 

 282 

 4,158 

 11,751 

 6,234 

 12,877 

Other intangibles comprises candidate databases and non-compete agreements.

The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to Cash Generating Units (CGUs) is as follows:

UK Engineering

Resourcing Solutions Limited

Total

Impairment testing

2020  
£’000

 1,712 

 2,645 

 4,357 

2019  

£’000

 1,712 

 2,645 

 4,357 

Goodwill and intangible assets are reviewed and tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently to 
determine if there is an indication of impairment.

If any indication of impairment exists, then the goodwill CGU or individual asset’s recoverable amount is 
calculated. The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations.

The key assumptions and estimates used when calculating a CGUs value in use, are as follows: 

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from operations are based on the Group’s 2021 budget as approved by the Group’s Board of Directors 
plus four years of forecasts at a CGU level updated for any key changes, which are prepared using expectations 
of revenue and operating cost growth over the next five years. The Group prepares cash flow forecasts adjusted 
for allocations of Group overhead costs, and extrapolates cash flows into perpetuity based on long-term growth 
rates. The impact of COVID-19 has been incorporated into these forecasts, based on the time expected for 
trading to return to pre-pandemic levels.

Discount rates

The pre-tax rates used to discount the forecast cash flows were a range from 13.9% to 14.9% (2019: 13.5% to 
15.7%) reflecting the Group’s weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for specific risks associated with the 
asset’s estimated cash flows. The discount rate is based on the weighted average cost of capital (‘WACC’). The 
risk-free rate, based on government bond rates, is adjusted for equity and industry risk premiums, reflecting the 
increased risk compared to an investor who is investing the market as a whole. Net present values are calculated 
using pre-tax discount rates derived from the Group’s post-tax WACC of 11.7% (2019: 11.2%) for UK CGUs.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued119

Growth rates

The medium-term growth rates are based on management forecasts, reflecting past experience and economic 
environment. Long-term growth rates are based on external sources of an average estimated growth rate of 2.0% 
(2019: 2.0%), using a weighted average of operating country real GDP growth expectations.

As a result of these forecasts, total impairment losses of £334,000 (2019: £5,882,000) have been recorded in 
respect of goodwill and acquired intangible assets within the UK Technology CGU (2019: International CGU), 
as follows: 

UK Technology

International

Total

Goodwill 
2020 
£’000

Intangible 
assets 
2020 
£’000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 334 

 – 

 334 

Total 
2020 
£’000 

 334 

 – 

 334 

Goodwill 
2019 
£’000

 – 

 2,603 

 2,603 

Intangible 
assets 
2019 
£’000

 – 

 3,279 

 3,279 

Total 
2019 
£’000 

 – 

 5,882 

 5,882 

Goodwill and acquired intangibles within the UK Technology, UK Engineering and International CGUs relate to 
the Networkers acquisition. In 2019, impairment charges were recognised against the International CGU due to 
lower forecasts of trading performance against original expectations at the time of acquisition, fully impairing all 
goodwill and acquired intangible assets. At 31 July 2020, the recoverable amount of the UK Technology CGU was 
£1,733,000 (2019: £9,984,000), £5,075,000 (2019: £5,349,000) for the UK Engineering CGU and £14,603,000 
(2019: £24,052,000) for the RSL CGU. 

Sensitivity analysis has been performed to show the impact of reasonable or possible changes in key 
assumptions, in particular with reference to the economic uncertainty surrounding the impact of, and future 
recovery from, the COVID-19 pandemic. An increase in the discount rate by a factor of 0.2% to 11.9%, or a 
reduction in the long-term growth rate to 1.8%, would not trigger a material impairment for any of the CGUs.  
For the RSL CGU, a two year delay to management’s forecast recovery trajectory to return to pre-COVID trading 
levels would not trigger an impairment. For the UK Engineering CGU, a one year delay to management’s forecast 
recovery trajectory to return to pre-COVID levels would trigger an immaterial impairment.

Company

Cost

Amortisation  
and impairment

At 1 August 2018

Additions

At 31 July 2019

Additions

At 31 July 2020

At 1 August 2018

Amortisation for the year

Impairment

At 31 July 2019

Amortisation for the year

Impairment

At 31 July 2020

Net book value

At 31 July 2019

At 31 July 2020

Trade names 
£’000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 20 

 20 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 4 

 – 

 4 

 – 

 16 

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements120 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

14  Property, Plant and Equipment

Group

Cost

At 1 August 2018

Additions

Disposals

Effects of movements in exchange rates

At 31 July 2019

Reclassification of dilapidation assets

Additions

Disposals

Effects of movements in exchange rates

At 31 July 2020

Accumulated 
depreciation

At 1 August 2018

Charge for the year

Released on disposal

At 31 July 2019

Reclassification of dilapidation assets

Charge for the year

Released on disposal

At 31 July 2020

Net book value

At 31 July 2019

At 31 July 2020

Motor  
vehicles  
£’000 

Leasehold 
improvements 
£’000 

Fixtures,  
fittings & 
equipment 
£’000 

 4,555 

 253 

 (159)

 (17)

 4,632 

–

 90 

 (1)

– 

Total  
£’000 

 8,923 

 673 

 (196)

 (17)

 9,383 

(1,535)

 191 

 (242)

 (37)

 4,721 

7,760

 4,316 

 414 

 – 

 – 

 4,730 

(1,535)

101

 (204)

 (37)

3,055

 1,383 

 3,876 

 5,303 

 514 

 – 

 374 

 (73)

 891 

 (103)

 1,897 

 4,177 

 6,091 

(576)

 564 

 (18)

–

 374 

 (134)

(576)

943

 (190)

 1,867 

 4,417 

6,268

 2,833 

1,188

 455 

 304 

 3,292 

1,492

 52 

 6 

 (37)

 – 

 21 

–

 – 

 (37)

–

 (16)

 44 

 3 

 (30)

 17 

–

 5 

 (38)

 (16)

 4 

 – 

Included within Leasehold improvements at 31 July 2019 was a cost of £1,535,000 and a net book value of 
£959,000 relating to dilapidations provisions (see Note 18). These assets have been reclassified to be presented 
against right-of-use assets from 1 August 2019 on adoption of IFRS 16.

There were no capital commitments as at 31 July 2020 or 31 July 2019.

15 

Investments in Subsidiary Undertakings 

Cost and carrying value:

Balance at 1 August 2019

Purchase of investments

(Reversal of capital contributions)/capital contributions to subsidiaries

Balance at 31 July 2020

Group

Company

2020  
£’000

2019  

£’000

 – 

 19 

 – 

 19 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2020  
£’000

 8,580 

 – 

 (60)

2019  

£’000

 8,311 

 – 

 269 

 8,520 

 8,580 

Kula Nathi Investments Proprietary Limited formed a partnership with Ingenious Equity Proprietary Limited in 
2018 to set up Sakha Sonke Private Equity Fund. Kula Nathi has control over the private equity fund in line with 
the criteria of IFRS 10 and therefore Sakha Sonke Private Equity Fund has been consolidated in the Group’s result.

During the year, Sakha Sonke Private Equity Fund invested a total of £19,000 in external minority investments in 
accordance with the partnership agreement between Kula Nathi Investments Proprietary Limited and Ingenious 
Equity Proprietary Limited. At 31 July 2020, the fair value of the equity investment is considered equivalent to its 
carrying value at cost. 

The movement in investment in Group undertakings represents capital contributions made in Matchtech Group 
(UK) Limited relating to share-based payments. In 2020, a reversal of the capital contribution was recorded, as 
historical share-based payment charges were also reversed due to vesting performance conditions not being met. 

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued121

The subsidiary undertakings at the year end are as follows: 

Registered 
Office Note

Country of 
Incorporation

Share  
Class

% held  
2020

% held  
2019

Main Activities

Alderwood Education Ltd1

Application Services Limited1

Barclay Meade Ltd1

Cappo Group Limited1

Cappo International Limited1

Comms Software Limited2

CommsResources Limited1

Connectus Technology Limited1

Elite Computer Staff Ltd. 2

Gattaca Recruitment Limited2

Gattaca Solutions Limited1

Matchtech Engineering Limited2

Matchtech Group (Holdings) Limited1

Matchtech Group (UK) Limited1

Matchtech Group Management Company Limited2

Matchtech Limited2

MSB Consulting Services Limited2

Networkers International (UK) Limited1

Networkers International Limited1

Networkers International Trustees Limited2

Networkers Recruitment Services Limited2

Provanis Limited2

Resourcing Solutions Limited1

The Comms Group Limited1

Gattaca GmbH

MSB International GMBH 

Gattaca BV

Cappo Inc.

Matchtech Engineering Inc. 

Networkers Inc.

Networkers International LLC 

Networkers International (Canada) Inc.

Gattaca Mexico Services, S.A. de C.V4

NWI Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Kithara Investments Proprietary Limited

Kula Nathi Investments Proprietary Limited

Networkers International Proprietary Limited

Networkers International South  
Africa Proprietary Limited

Networkers International (China) Co. Limited

Comms Resource SDN. BHD 

Networkers International (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd 

NWKI Consultancy FZ LLC 

Cappo Qatar LLC3

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

13

3

5

4

5

5

11

6

6

8

7

7

7

9

10

10

12

15

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Holding

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

99.7%

99.7%

Holding

United Kingdom Ordinary

99.998% 99.998% Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Holding

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United Kingdom Ordinary

100%

100%

Holding

Germany

Germany

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

Netherlands

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United States

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United States

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United States

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

United States

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

Canada

Mexico

Mexico

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

South Africa

Ordinary

100%

100%

Holding

South Africa

Ordinary

100%

100%

Holding

South Africa

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

South Africa

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

China

Malaysia

Malaysia

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

United Arab 

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

Emirates

Qatar

Ordinary

49%

49%

Non trading

Networkers Consultancy (Singapore) PTE. Limited 

14

Singapore

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

Gattaca Information Technology Services SLU

Gattaca Recruitment ETT, SLU 

Networkers International (India) PTE 

16

16

17

Spain

Spain

India

Ordinary

100%

100%

Provision of recruitment consultancy

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

Ordinary

100%

100%

Non trading

1 

2 

3 

 For the year ended 31 July 2020, Gattaca plc has provided a legal guarantee dated 3 November 2020 under s479C of the Companies Act 2006 to these 
subsidiaries for audit exemption. 

 These dormant companies are exempt from preparing individual financial statements by virtue of s394A of Companies Act 2006.

 Gattaca plc has 100% of the beneficial interest in these entities, and consolidates them as wholly owned subsidiaries in line with IFRS 10.

4 

 Gattaca Mexico Services, S.A. de C.V was incorporated in October 2018 and wholly consolidated from that date.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements122 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Investments in Subsidiary Undertakings continued

15 
All holdings by Gattaca plc are indirect except for Matchtech Group (Holdings) Limited, Gattaca GmbH and 
Matchtech Group Management Company Limited. 

Networkers International (UK) Limited has a branch in Russia which is consolidated into the Group’s result.

The Group’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP) is held by Gattaca plc UK Employee Benefit Trust (the EBT). The Group 
has control over the EBT and therefore it has been consolidated in the Group’s results.

Registered office addresses

1

2

1450 Parkway, Solent Business Park, Whiteley, Fareham, Hampshire, PO15 7AF, United Kingdom

c/o Grant Thornton, Jahnstrasse 6, 70597, Stuttgart, Germany

3 Herengracht 124–128, 1015 BT Amsterdam, Netherlands

4

5

33 SW Flager Avenue, Stuart, Florida, USA

6400 International Parkway, Suite 1510, Plano TX 75093, USA

6 Avenida Paseo de la Reforma No. 296 Piso 15 Oficina A, Colonia Juárez, Delegación Cuauhtémoc,  

Código Postal 06600. Ciudad de México, Mexico

201 Heritage House, 20 Dreyer Street, Claremont, 7735, South Africa

6th Floor, 119 Hertzog Boulevard, Foreshre, Cape Town, 8001, South Africa

B-2701, Di San Zhi Ye Building, No. A1 Shuguang Xili, Chao Yang District, Beijing, China

7

8

9

10 Level 8, Symphony House, Block D13, Pusat Dagangan Dana 1, Jalan PJU 1A/46, 47301 Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia

11

1 Richmond Street West, Suite 902, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 3W4, Canada

12 Office 3022, Shatha Tower, Dubai Media City, Dubai, United Arab Emirates

13 Franlinstr. 48, 60456, Frankfurt, Germany

14 371 Beach Road, #15-09 Keypoint, Singapore 199597

15 Suite #204, Office #40 Al Rawabi Street, Muntazah, Doha, State of Qatar. PO Box 8306

16 Calle General, Moscardo 6. Espaco Office, Madrid 28020, Spain

17 3rd Floor, 301 DLF City Court Sikandarpur, Gurgaon-122002 Harayana, India

16  Deferred Tax

Group

Share-based payments

Accelerated capital allowances

Acquired intangibles

Asset 
2020 
£’000

Liability 
2020 
£’000

Net 
2020 
£’000

 21 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 21 

 (106)

 (106)

 (414)

 (414)

Other temporary and deductible differences

 222 

 – 

 222 

Gross deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

 243 

 (520)

 (277)

Amounts available for offset

 (243)

 243 

 – 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

 – 

 (277)

 (277)

Group

Share-based payments

Accelerated capital allowances

Acquired intangibles

Asset 
2019 
£’000

 105 

 8 

 – 

Liability 
2019 
£’000

 – 

 – 

Net 
2019 
£’000

 105 

 8 

 (556)

 (556)

Other temporary and deductible differences

 47 

 – 

 47 

(Charged)/
credited 
to profit 
2020 
£’000

Credited  
to equity 
2020 
£’000

Foreign 
exchange 
2020 
£’000

Impact of 
transition to 
IFRS 16 
2020 
£’000

 (68)

 (114)

 142 

 62 

 22 

 (16)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (16)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (6)

 (6)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 119 

 119 

(Charged)/
credited 
to profit 
2019 
£’000

Credited  
to equity 
2019 
£’000

Foreign 
exchange 
2019 
£’000

Impact of 
transition to 
IFRS 16 
2019 
£’000

 (2)

 (35)

 842 

 284 

 15 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 15 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1 

 1 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Gross deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

 160 

 (556)

 (396)

 1,089 

Amounts available for offset

 (160)

 160 

 – 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

 – 

 (396)

 (396)

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continuedThe movement on the net deferred tax is as shown below:

At 1 August

Impact of transition to IFRS 16

Recognised in income (Note 10)

Recognised in equity

Foreign exchange

At end of year

Deferred tax assets reversing within 1 year

Deferred tax liabilities reversing within 1 year

At end of year

Deferred tax assets reversing after 1 year

Deferred tax liabilities reversing after 1 year

At end of year

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

Tax losses carried forward against profits of future years

Other temporary and deductible differences

Net deferred tax assets

123

Group

2020  
£’000

2019  

£’000

 (396)

 (1,501)

 119 

 22 

 (16)

(6) 

 – 

 1,089 

 15 

 1 

 (277)

 (396)

2020  
£’000

 179 

 (232)

 (53)

2020  
£’000

 64 

 (288)

 (224)

2019  

£’000

 29 

 (114)

 (85)

2019 
 £’000

 131 

 (442)

 (311)

Group

2020  
£’000

 1,640 

 – 

 1,640 

2019  

£’000

 755 

 88 

 843 

Of the unused tax losses £3,234,000 (2019: £1,646,000) can be carried forward indefinitely, £340,000 
(2019: £nil) expires within 10 years and £142,000 (2018: £164,000) expires within 20 years. No deferred tax is 
recognised on unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries as the Group is in a position to control the timing of 
the reversal of temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable 
future. The temporary differences associated with the investments in subsidiaries for which a deferred tax liability 
has not been recognised aggregate to £5,345,000 (2019: £9,002,000). If the earnings were remitted, tax of 
£120,000 (2019: £164,000) would be payable. On 17 March 2020, the UK government substantively enacted 
a reversal of the UK corporation tax rate reduction to 17% from 1 April 2020. The main UK corporation tax rate 
therefore remains at 19%. Deferred tax has been valued based on the substantively enacted rates at each balance 
sheet date at which the deferred tax is expected to reverse.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements124 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

17  Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables from contracts with customers, net of loss allowance

 27,703 

 71,704 

2020 
 £’000

2019 
 £’000

2020 
 £’000

 – 

2019  

£’000

 – 

Group

Company

Amounts owed by Group companies

Corporation tax receivables

Other receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income

Total

 – 

 26 

 3,554 

 1,705 

 329 

 660 

 1,198 

 15,900 

 22,837 

 – 

 101,610 

 100,877 

 275 

 281 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 48,888

 96,728 

 101,885 

 101,158 

The amounts owed by Group companies in the Company Statement of Financial Position are considered to 
approximate to fair value. Amounts owed by Group companies are unsecured, repayable on demand and accrue 
no interest.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to the fair value. 

Accrued income relates to the Group’s right to consideration for temporary and permanent placements made 
but not billed at the year end. These transfer to trade receivables once billing occurs. An expected credit loss 
allowance of £269,000 (2019: £nil) has been recognised at 31 July 2020, in respect of accrued income for 
unbilled temporary placements older than 6 months.

Impairment of trade receivables from contracts with customers

Trade receivables from contracts with customers, gross amounts

Loss allowance

Trade receivables from contracts with customers, net of loss allowance

Group

2020  
£’000

2019  

£’000

 31,690

 73,893 

 (3,987)

 (2,189)

 27,703 

 71,704 

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for services performed in the ordinary course of business. 
They are generally settled within 30–60 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables have 
reduced year on year due to the impact of COVID-19 on trading, as well as the impact of de-recognition of any 
trade receivables held under the Group’s non-recourse invoice financing arrangements entered into in 2020.

The Group uses a third party credit scoring system to assess the creditworthiness of potential new customers 
before accepting them. Credit limits are defined by customer based on this information. All customer accounts are 
subject to review on a regular basis by senior management and actions are taken to address debt aging issues.

Trade receivables are subject to the expected credit loss model. The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach 
to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables.

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk 
characteristics by geographical region or customer industry.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before the 
relevant year end and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historic loss 
rates are then adjusted to reflect any relevant current and forward-looking information expected to affect the 
ability of customers to settle the receivables. In addition for 2020, the impact of COVID-19 on specific industries 
and geographies has also been taken into account, using forecast economic downturn levels to assess elevated 
levels of credit risk in certain markets.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued125

The loss allowance for trade receivables was determined as follows:

31 July 2020

Weighted expected loss rate (%)

 Current 

6.9%

Gross carrying amount – trade receivables (£’000)

 19,079

Loss allowance (£’000)

31 July 2019

Weighted expected loss rate (%)

 1,307 

 Current 

1.4%

Gross carrying amount – trade receivables (£’000)

 69,944 

Loss allowance (£’000)

 987 

 More than  
30 days  
past due 

 More than 
 60 days  
past due 

 More than  
90 days  
past due 

8.8%

 8,941 

 783 

10.2%

 1,788 

 183 

91.1%

 1,882 

 1,714 

 More than  
30 days  
past due 

 More than 
 60 days  
past due 

 More than  
90 days  
past due 

 Total 

31,690

3,987

 Total 

2.0%

 1,130 

 23 

4.1%

 665 

 28 

53.4%

 2,154 

 73,893 

 1,151 

 2,189 

The increase in the loss allowance rate for trade receivables more than 90 days past due is as a result of 
expecting a 100% loss rate on remaining aged receivables relating to discontinued businesses of £989,000 
at 31 July 2020 (31 July 2019: £1,126,000).

The loss allowance for trade receivables at year end reconciles to the opening loss allowance as per below:

Opening loss allowance at 1 August 

Increase in loss allowance recognised in profit and loss during the year

Receivable written off during the year as uncollectible

Closing loss allowance at 31 July 

Group

2020  
£’000

 2,189 

 2,281 

 (483)

 3,987 

2019  

£’000

 1,547 

 994 

 (352)

 2,189 

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements126 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

18  Provisions 

Group

2020

2019

Dilapidation 
provisions 
£’000 

Onerous 
lease 
provisions 
£’000 

Other 
provisions 
£’000

Total 
£’000 

Dilapidation 
provisions 
£’000 

Onerous 
lease 
provisions 
£’000 

Other 
provisions 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Balance at 1 August 

 1,747 

 934 

 – 

 2,681 

 1,390 

Adjustment on initial  
application of IFRS 16

 – 

 (934)

Restated balance at 1 August

 1,747 

Effects of movements  
in exchange rates

Provisions made in the year

Provisions utilised 

Unwinding of discount

Balance at 31 July

 (38)

 1 

 – 

 – 

 1,710 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2020

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (934)

 1,747 

 – 

 1,390 

 (38)

 – 

 1,084 

 1,085 

 402 

 1,102 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (45)

 (167)

 – 

 (1)

 1,084 

 2,794 

 1,747 

 934 

 – 

 1,390 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,390 

 – 

 1,504 

 (212)

 (1)

 2,681 

Group

Non-Current

Current

Total

Dilapidation 
provisions 
£’000 

Onerous 
lease 
provisions 
£’000 

Other 
provisions 
£’000

Total 
£’000 

Dilapidation 
provisions 
£’000 

2019

Onerous 
lease 
provisions 
£’000 

Other 
provisions 
£’000 

 1,587 

 123 

 1,710 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 971 

 2,558 

 113 

 236 

 1,084 

 2,794 

 1,747 

 – 

 1,747 

 602 

 332 

 934 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Total 
£’000 

 2,349 

 332 

 2,681 

Dilapidation provisions are held in respect of the Group’s office properties where lease obligations include 
contractual obligations to return the property to its original condition at the end of the lease term, ranging 
between one and eight years.

Onerous lease provisions of £1,102,000 were recorded in 2019 in relation to the remaining lease term of property 
that was no longer in use by the Group as a result of the closure of the contract Telecoms Infrastructure business. 
These costs were presented as non-underlying as shown in Note 4. On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group made 
use of the practical expedient of presenting existing onerous lease provisions against the carrying value of the 
relevant right-of-use asset; as a result, the full onerous lease provision was reclassified on 1 August 2019.

Other provisions have been recognised for primarily for restructuring activities, with the remainder in respect of 
claims for certain legal matters. In July 2020, the Group publicly announced plans for a significant restructuring 
of its UK employee base. Restructuring provisions of £971,000 (2019: £nil) were recognised based on the Directors’ 
best estimate of the forecast direct costs arising from the restructuring; by 31 July 2020 the Group had completed 
a detailed formal plan of the proposed changes, announced its intentions to those affected and payments were 
expected to be paid shortly after the year end once the formal consultation process had completed.

No provisions are held by the parent Company (2019: nil).

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued127

19  Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Taxation and social security

Contractor wages payable

Accruals and deferred income

Other payables

Total

Group

Company

2020  
£’000

 1,750 

 – 

 15,859 

 20,519 

 4,348 

 3,653 

 46,129

2019 
 £’000

 285 

2020  
£’000

 – 

2019  

£’000

 – 

 – 

 63,590 

 54,083 

 8,013 

 24,270 

 7,024 

 1,084 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 40,676 

 63,590 

 54,083 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and accrue no interest. 

20  Loans and Borrowings

Working capital facility

Finance costs capitalised

Bank loans and borrowings due in less than one year

Revolving Credit Facility

Finance costs capitalised

Group

Company

2020  
£’000

 151 

 – 

 151 

2019  

£’000

 29,119 

 (81)

 29,038 

2020  
£’000

2019  

£’000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 7,500 

 15,000 

 7,500 

 15,000 

 (196)

 (43)

 (196)

 (43)

Bank loans and borrowings due in more than one year

 7,304 

 14,957 

 7,304 

 14,957 

Total bank loans and borrowings

 7,455 

 43,995 

 7,304 

 14,957 

On 31 October 2019, the Group renewed its Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) with HSBC, extending the term out 
from October 2020 to October 2022, capitalising additional costs of £223,000 which are being amortised over 
the remaining term of the facility. In January 2020, the Group then transferred a portion of its recourse working 
capital facility to a non-recourse working capital facility. Under the terms of the non-recourse facility, the trade 
receivables assigned to the facility are owned by HSBC and so have been de-recognised from the Group’s 
Statement of Financial Position; in addition, the non-recourse working capital facility does not meet the definition 
of loans and borrowings under IFRS. The Group continues to collect cash from trade receivables assigned to the 
non-recourse facility on behalf of HSBC which is then transferred to them periodically each month. Any cash 
collected from trade receivables under the non-recourse facility at 31 July 2020 that had not been transferred 
to HSBC, is presented as restricted cash included within the Group’s cash balance. At 31 July 2020, the Group 
had agreed banking facilities with HSBC totalling £82.5m comprising a £75m Invoice Financing working capital 
facility (recourse and non-recourse) and a £7.5m (31 July 2019: £15m) Revolving Credit Facility committed until 
October 2022. 

The Group’s working capital facilities are secured by way of an all assets debenture, which contains fixed and 
floating charges over the assets of the Group. This facility allows certain companies within the Group to borrow 
up to 90% of invoiced or uninvoiced trade receivables up to a maximum of £75m. Interest is charged on the 
recourse borrowings at a rate of 1.75% (2019: 2.30%) over HSBC Bank base rate.

The Group’s £7.5m Revolving Credit Facility is secured by way of a fixed and floating charge over assets of the 
Group. Interest is charged on borrowings at a rate of 3.25% (2019: 3.25%) over HSBC LIBOR rate. The Group 
is required to comply with certain financial covenants over the Revolving Credit Facility and all covenant 
requirements were satisfied in the period. 

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements128 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

21  Financial Assets and Liabilities Statement of Financial Position Classification
The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities as recognised at the Statement of Financial 
Position date of the reporting years under review may also be categorised as follows:

Financial assets are included in the Statement of Financial Position within the following headings:

Group

Company

2020  
£’000

2019  

£’000

2020  
£’000

2019  

£’000

Trade and other receivables (Note 17)

– Financial assets recorded at amortised cost

 47,157

 95,201 

 101,610 

 100,877 

Cash and cash equivalents 

– Financial assets recorded at amortised cost

 34,796

 19,173 

 – 

 – 

Total

 81,953 

 114,374 

 101,610 

 100,877 

Financial liabilities are included in the Statement of Financial Position within the following headings: 

Group

Company

2020  
£’000

2019 
 £’000

2020 
 £’000

2019 
 £’000

Borrowings (Note 20)

– Financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost

 7,455 

 43,995 

 7,304 

 14,957 

Leases (Note 22)

– Financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost

 7,736 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Trade and other payables (Note 19)

– Financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost

Total

 30,270 

 45,461

 32,663 

 76,658 

 63,590 

 70,894 

 54,083 

 69,040 

The amounts at which the assets and liabilities above are recorded are considered to approximate to fair value.

22  Leases
On 1 August 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 Leases, applying a modified retrospective approach to transition. 
As a result, comparatives have not been restated. The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position shows the 
following amounts related to leases where the Group is a lessee.

Right-of-use-assets 

Cost

At 1 August 2019

Properties  
£’000 

 9,335 

Vehicles 
£’000 

 336 

Reclassification of dilapidation assets

Additions

Effect of reassessment of lease term

Effect of movement in exchange rates

1,535

42

 (862)

 (46)

 – 

 12 

 – 

 – 

Accumulated 
depreciation

At 31 July 2020

At 1 August 2019

Reclassification of dilapidation assets

Depreciation charge 

Impairment

Effect of movement in exchange rates

At 31 July 2020

Net book value At 1 August 2019

At 31 July 2020

 10,004 

 348 

 – 

576

 1,858 

 432 

 (19)

 2,847 

 9,335 

 7,157 

 – 

 – 

 176 

 – 

 – 

 176 

 336 

 172 

Other 
£’000 

 17 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (1)

 16 

 – 

 – 

 7 

 – 

 – 

 7 

 17 

 9 

Total  
£’000 

 9,688 

1,535

 54 

 (862)

 (47)

 10,368 

 – 

576

2,041

 432 

 (19)

 3,030 

 9,688 

 7,338 

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued129

At 1 August 2019, onerous lease provisions of £934,000 previously presented in non-current liabilities, were 
reclassified against the cost of Property right-of-use assets, in line with the practical expedient available on 
adoption of IFRS 16. At 31 July 2020, included within Property right-of-use assets is cost of £1,577,000 and net 
book value of £802,000 relating to dilapidation assets.

Lease liabilities 

Current

Non-current

31 July 2020

1 August 2019

Properties 
£’000

Vehicles 
£’000

Other 
£’000

Total 
£’000

Properties 
£’000

Vehicles 
£’000

Other 
£’000

 1,855 

 5,696 

 7,551 

 132 

 44 

 176 

 3 

 6 

 9 

 1,990 

 5,746 

 1,825 

 8,435 

 7,736 

 10,260 

 171 

 176 

 347 

Total 
£’000

 2,005 

 8,619 

 9 

 8 

 17 

 10,624 

Lease liabilities for properties have lease terms of between one and eight years.

The discount rates used to measure the lease liabilities at 31 July 2020 range between 2.0% to 10.1% for 
Properties, 4.7% for Vehicles and 10.1% for Other leases.

Reconciliation of lease liabilities movement in the year

At 1 August 2019

Lease payments

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Effect of reassessment of lease term

Effect of movement in exchange rates

At 31 July 2020

Properties 
£’000

Vehicles 
£’000

Other 
£’000

 10,260 

 (2,011)

 201 

 (862)

 (37)

 347 

 (183)

 12 

 – 

 – 

 7,551 

 176 

 17 

 (7)

 1 

 – 

 (2)

 9 

Total 
£’000 

 10,624 

 (2,201)

 214 

 (862)

 (39)

 7,736 

Amounts in respect of leases recognised in the Income Statement

Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets

Impairment of right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities (included in Finance cost)

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets and short-term leases  
(included in Administrative expenses)

2020 
£’000

2,041 

 432 

 214 

2019 
£’000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 239 

 2,349 

Transition to IFRS 16: Reconciliation between operating lease commitments at 31 July 2019 and lease liabilities at 
1 August 2019

Properties 
£’000

Vehicles 
£’000

Other 
£’000

Total 
£’000 

Operating lease commitments at 31 July 2019

 11,144 

Less: Leases considered to be short-term (less than 12 months duration)

 (79)

 351 

 (19)

 48 

 11,543 

 (37)

 (135)

Add: Rentals associated with extension options reasonably certain  
to be exercised 

Operating lease commitment in scope for IFRS 16

Impact of discounting future lease payments

Commitments for leases not yet commenced at 31 July 2019

Rental increases since 1 August 2019

Impact of rent-free periods

 32 

 – 

 11,097 

 332 

 (789)

 – 

 48 

 (96)

 3 

 12 

 – 

 – 

 8 

 19 

 (2)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 40 

 11,448 

 (788)

 12 

 48 

 (96)

Total lease liabilities recognised at 1 August 2019

 10,260 

 347 

 17 

 10,624 

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements130 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

23  Share Capital
Authorised share capital

40,000,000 (2019: 40,000,000) Ordinary shares of £0.01 each

Allotted, called up and fully paid: 

32,290,400 (2019: 32,285,000) Ordinary shares of £0.01 each

The number of shares in issue in the Company is shown below:

In issue at 1 August

Exercise of share options

In issue at 31 July

Share Options

The following options arrangements exist over the Company’s shares:

2020 
‘000s

2019 
‘000s

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

–

–

1

1

1

1

1

2

4

32

3

24

–

–

–

–

231

171

510

194

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

5

34

3

27

62

107

72

38

324

201

–

–

Total

1,176

883

Date of grant

18/01/2010

18/01/2010

04/02/2011

04/02/2011

31/01/2012

31/01/2012

31/01/2013

31/01/2013

01/01/2014

01/01/2014

28/01/2015

28/01/2015

03/02/2017

31/01/2017

31/01/2017

31/01/2017

19/12/2018

19/12/2018

20/01/2020

20/01/2020

Company

2020 
£’000

400

Company

2020 
£’000

 323 

2019 
£’000

400

2019 
£’000

 323 

Company

2020 
£’000

2019 
£’000

 32,285 

 32,256 

 5 

 29 

 32,290 

 32,285 

Exercise period

Exercise price 
pence

From

To

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

72

145

1

1

1

1

18/01/2012

18/01/2020

18/01/2013

18/01/2020

03/02/2013

04/02/2021

03/02/2014

04/02/2021

30/01/2014

31/01/2022

30/01/2015

31/01/2022

30/01/2015

31/01/2023

30/01/2016

31/01/2023

01/01/2016

01/01/2024

01/01/2017

01/01/2024

28/01/2017

28/01/2025

28/01/2018

28/01/2025

03/02/2020

03/02/2027

31/01/2020

31/01/2027

31/01/2020

31/01/2027

31/01/2020

31/01/2027

19/12/2021

19/12/2028

19/12/2021

19/12/2028

20/01/2023

20/01/2030

20/01/2023

20/01/2030

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued131

During the year, the Group granted share options under the Long-Term Incentive Plan for Executive Directors 
and Senior Management. The share options were granted on 20 January 2020 to members of staff to be held 
over a three-year vesting period and are subject to an Earnings per Share (EPS) performance condition. All share 
options have a life of 10 years from grant date and are equity settled on exercise.

The movement in share options is shown below:

2020

Weighted 
average 
exercise price  

(pence)

Weighted 
average share 
price (pence)

Number  
‘000s 

2019

Weighted 
average 
exercise price  

(pence)

Weighted 
average share 
price (pence)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 116.7 

 13.1 

 1.0 

 27.3 

 1.0 

 74.6 

 1.0 

657

525

(270)

(29)

883

78

 48.2 

 1.0 

 76.8 

 1.0 

 13.1 

 1.0

 – 

 – 

 – 

 129.8 

Number  
‘000s 

883

 704 

 (406)

 (5)

 1,176 

69

Outstanding at 1 August

Granted

Forfeited/lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at 31 July

Exercisable at 31 July

The numbers and weighted average exercise prices of share options vesting in the future are shown below:

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contract life 
(months)

 – 

 – 

 17 

 30 

2020

2019

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(pence)

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contract life 
(months)

Weighted 
average 
exercise price 
(pence)

Number  
‘000s

 – 

 – 

 1.0 

 1.0 

 6 

 6 

 29 

 – 

 217 

 62 

 525 

 – 

 804 

 49.9 

 1.0 

 1.0 

 – 

Number  
‘000s

 – 

 – 

 402 

 704 

 1,106 

Exercise Date

31/01/2020

03/02/2020

18/12/2021

20/01/2023

Total

In addition to the share option schemes the Group operated a Share Incentive Plan (SIP), which is an HMRC 
approved plan available to all employees enabling them to purchase shares out of pre-tax salary. For each share 
purchased the Company grants an additional share at no cost. During the year the Company purchased 124,912 
shares (2019: 92,247) under this scheme.

The Group’s Share Incentive Plan is held by an Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) for tax purposes. The EBT buys 
shares with funds from the Group and any shares held by the EBT are distributed to employees once vesting 
conditions are satisfied. The Group has control over the EBT and therefore it has been consolidated at 31 July 
2020 and 31 July 2019. As at 31 July 2020, excess funds of £70,000 (2019: £140,000) was held by the EBT, which 
has been included in cash and cash equivalents.

The following expenses or credits were recognised in the Income Statement in relation to share-based payment 
transactions:

Group

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Share Incentive Plan

Total

2020  
£’000

 (62)

 2 

 137 

77 

2019  

£’000

 19

 77 

 173

 269

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements132 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

23  Share Capital continued
The key assumptions used in the calculation of fair value per awards are as follows:

Date of grant

09/09/2016

07/10/2016

08/11/2016

07/12/2016

16/01/2017

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

31/01/2017

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

31/01/2017

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

31/01/2017

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

31/01/2017

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

31/01/2017

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

03/02/2017

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

07/02/2017

07/03/2017

07/04/2017

09/05/2017

07/06/2017

07/07/2017

07/08/2017

08/09/2017

09/10/2017

08/11/2017

08/12/2017

09/01/2018

08/02/2018

08/03/2018

12/04/2018

09/05/2018

08/06/2018

09/07/2018

08/08/2018

10/09/2018

08/10/2018

08/11/2018

10/12/2018

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

19/12/2018

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

19/12/2018

Zero Priced Share Option Bonus

09/01/2019

08/02/2019

11/03/2019

SIP

SIP

SIP

Share 
price on 
the date 
of grant 
(£)

Exercise 
price 
(£)

Volatility 
(%)

Vesting 
period 
(years)

Dividend 
yield 
(%)

Risk free 
rate of 
interest 
(%)

Fair  
value 
(£)

 3.87 

 3.57 

 3.16 

 2.95 

 2.98 

2.92 

2.92 

2.90 

2.90 

2.90 

2.90 

2.94 

2.94 

3.10 

3.18 

3.28 

3.09 

2.87 

2.99 

3.10 

3.12 

3.05 

3.00 

2.63 

2.31 

1.84 

1.40 

1.58 

1.25 

1.50 

1.40 

1.30 

1.41 

1.14 

1.07 

 1.07 

 1.13 

1.17 

1.18 

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

31.6%

31.6%

31.6%

31.6%

0.72

31.6%

1.45

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

31.6%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

44.9%

N/A

N/A

N/A

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7.9%

7.9%

7.9%

7.9%

7.9%

7.9%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

0.3%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 3.87 

 3.57 

 3.16 

 2.95 

 2.98 

 1.27 

 1.51 

 1.23 

 1.49 

 0.86 

 0.66 

 2.94 

 2.94 

 3.10 

 3.18 

 3.28 

 3.09 

 2.87 

 2.99 

 3.10 

 3.12 

 3.05 

 3.00 

 2.63 

 2.31 

 1.84 

 1.40 

 1.58 

 1.25 

 1.50 

 1.40 

 1.30 

 1.41 

 1.14 

 1.08 

0.7%

 0.73 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 1.13 

 1.17 

 1.18 

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued133

Date of grant

08/04/2019

09/05/2019

10/06/2019

08/07/2019

07/08/2019

09/09/2019

08/10/2019

08/11/2019

09/12/2019

10/01/2020

10/02/2020

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

SIP

09/03/2020 SIP

09/04/2020 SIP

11/05/2020

SIP

08/06/2020 SIP

10/07/2020

SIP

20/01/2020

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

20/01/2020

Long-Term Incentive Plan Options

Share 
price on 
the date 
of grant 
(£)

Exercise 
price 
(£)

Volatility 
(%)

Vesting 
period 
(years)

Dividend 
yield 
(%)

Risk free 
rate of 
interest 
(%)

1.39 

1.58 

1.53 

1.43 

1.44 

1.28 

1.32 

1.18 

1.10 

 1.29 

0.82 

0.76 

0.39 

0.44 

0.45 

0.45 

1.24 

1.24 

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

0.01

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

3.00

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Fair  
value 
(£)

 1.39 

 1.58 

 1.53 

 1.43 

 1.44 

 1.28 

 1.32 

 1.18 

 1.10 

 1.29 

 0.82 

 0.76 

 0.39 

 0.44 

 0.45 

 0.45 

 1.13 

 1.13

For Zero Priced Share Option Bonus grants in 2020 that are subject to an Earnings per Share (EPS) growth 
vesting condition, a Binomial model was used for valuation. 

Prior to the 2018 award, the volatility of the Company’s share price on each date of grant was calculated as the 
average of the annualised standard deviations of daily continuously compounded returns on the Company’s 
stock, calculated over five years back from the date of grant, where applicable. For 2018 onwards, the volatility of 
the Company’s share price on date of grant was calculated using the historical daily share price of the Company 
over a term commensurate with the expected life of the award. For all awards the risk-free rate is the yield to 
maturity on the date of grant of a UK Gilt Strip, with term to maturity equal to the life of the option.

24  Transactions with Directors and Related Parties
During the year the Group made sales of £16,000 (2019: £89,000) to InHealth Group Ltd and purchases of 
£7,400 (2019: £11,000) from Preventicum UK Limited which are related parties by virtue of common Directorship 
of Richard Bradford. During the year the Group made sales of £87,000 (2019: £201,000) to Tricoya Technologies 
Limited, a subsidiary of Accsys Technologies Plc, which is considered as a related party transaction by virtue 
of common Directorship of Patrick Shanley. As at the year end, there was no balance outstanding for any 
transactions for InHealth Group Ltd, Preventicum UK Limited or Tricoya Technologies Limited (2019: £nil 
outstanding balance with InHealth Group Ltd, Preventicum UK Limited or Tricoya Technologies Limited). Group 
policy is for all transactions with related parties to be made on an arm’s length basis and no guarantees have 
been given to, or received from, related parties.

There were no other related party transactions with entities outside of the Group.

During the year Matchtech Group (UK) Limited charged Gattaca plc £467,000 (2019: £715,000) for provision of 
management services. Further details of transactions with Directors are included in the Director’s Remuneration 
Report on pages 76 to 83.

The remuneration of key management is disclosed in Note 5.

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements134 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

25  Financial Instruments
The financial risk management policies and objectives including those related to financial instruments and the 
qualitative risk exposure details, comprising credit and other applicable risks, are included within the Chief 
Financial Officer’s report under the heading ‘Group financial risk management’.

Maturity of financial liabilities

The following table sets out the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments. This 
analysis assumes that interest rates prevailing at the reporting date remain constant: 

0 to <1 years 
£’000

1 to <2 years 
£’000

2 to <5 years 
£’000

5 years  
and over 
£’000

Contractual 
cash flows 
£’000

Group

2020

Revolving Credit Facility

Invoice Financing working capital facility

Lease liabilities1

Trade payables

Total

2019

5,117 

170

 1,990 

25,922 

33,199

 88 

 – 

 5,746 

 – 

 2,515

 – 

 – 

 – 

 5,834

 2,515 

Revolving Credit Facility

531 

 15,129 

Invoice Financing working capital facility

Trade payables

Total

29,228 

25,639 

55,398 

 – 

 – 

 15,129 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 7,720

 170

 7,736 

 25,922 

 41,548

 15,660 

 29,228 

 25,639 

 70,527 

Company

2020

Revolving Credit Facility

Total

2019

Revolving Credit Facility

Total

Borrowing facilities

0 to <1 years 
£’000

1 to <2 years 
£’000

2 to <5 years 
£’000

5 years  
and over 
£’000

Contractual 
cash flows 
£’000

 5,117 

 5,117

 88 

 88 

 2,515 

 2,515 

 531 

 531 

 15,129 

 15,129 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 7,720 

 7,720 

 15,660 

 15,660 

The Group makes use of working capital facilities and a Revolving Credit Facility, details of which can be found 
in Note 20. The Revolving Credit Facility is fully drawn but the undrawn working capital facilities available at year 
end in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met was as follows:

Expiring in one to five years

Group

Company

2020  
£’000

2019  

£’000

 23,715 

 24,880 

2020 
 £’000

 – 

2019  

£’000

 – 

The Directors have calculated that the effect on profit of a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would be an 
expense of £402,000 (2019: expense of £634,000).

The Directors believe that the carrying value of borrowings approximates to their fair value. 

1 

 As a result of adoption of IFRS 16 from 1 August 2019, lease liabilities are presented within financial liabilities for 2020; comparatives were not required to 
be restated under the transition approach adopted.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continued135

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with 
its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group has a robust 
approach to forecasting both net debt and trading results on a monthly basis, looking forward to at least the 
next 12 months. At 31 July 2020, the Group had agreed banking facilities with HSBC totalling £82.5m comprising 
a £75m Invoice Financing working capital facility and a £7.5m (31 July 2019: £15m) Revolving Credit Facility 
committed until October 2022. The available financing facilities in place are sufficient to meet the Group’s 
forecast cash flows.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Group’s main foreign currency risk is the short-term risk associated with the trade debtors denominated in 
US dollars and Euros relating to the UK operations whose functional currency is Sterling. The risk arises on the 
difference between exchange rates at the time the invoice is raised to when the invoice is settled by the client. 
For sales denominated in foreign currency, the Group ensures that direct costs associated with the sale are also 
denominated in the same currency. Further foreign exchange risk arises where there is a gap in the amount 
of assets and liabilities of the Group denominated in foreign currencies that are required to be translated into 
sterling at the year end rates of exchange. Where the risk to the Group is considered to be significant, the Group 
will enter into a matching forward foreign exchange contract with a reputable bank.

Net foreign currency monetary assets are shown below:

US Dollar

Euro

Group

2020  
£’000

 6,155 

 4,070 

2019 
 £’000

 11,324 

 4,561 

The effect of a 25 cent strengthening of the Euro and US Dollar against Sterling at the financial position date on 
the Euro and US Dollar denominated trade and other receivables and payables carried at that date would, all 
other variables held constant, have resulted in a net increase in pre-tax profit for the year and increase of net 
assets of £2,635,000 (2019: £4,279,000). A 25 cent weakening in the exchange rates would, on the same basis, 
have decreased pre-tax profit and reduced net assets by £1,734,000 (2019: £2,778,000).

The Company only holds balances denominated in its functional currency and so is not exposed to foreign 
currency risk. 

OverviewStrategic ReportGovernanceFinancial Statements136 Gattaca plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

26  Capital Management Policies and Procedures 
Gattaca plc’s capital management objectives are: 

•  to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern;

•  to provide an adequate return to shareholders: and

•  by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the carrying amount of equity as presented on the face of the 
Statement of Financial Position.

The Group sets the amount of capital in proportion to its overall financing structure, i.e. equity and financial 
liabilities. The Group manages the capital structure and makes adjustments in the light of changes in economic 
conditions and risk characteristics of the underlying assets. Capital for the reporting year under review is 
summarised as follows:

Total equity

Cash and cash equivalents

Capital

Total equity

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Overall financing

Capital to overall financing ratio

Group

2020  
£’000

39,772

 (34,796)

 4,976 

 39,772

 7,455 

 7,736 

2019 
 £’000

 41,907 

 (19,173)

 22,734 

 41,907 

 43,995 

 – 

 54,963

 85,902 

9%

26%

27  Net Debt and Adjusted Net Debt
Net debt is the total amount of cash and cash equivalents less interest-bearing loans and borrowings, including 
finance lease liabilities. The table below also provides the required reconciliation evaluating the changes in 
liabilities arising from financing activities. 

Net cash flows include the net drawdown of loans and borrowings and cash interest paid relating to loans 
and borrowings.

Notes Forming Part of the Financial Statements continuedOverview

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

137

A reconciliation to Adjusted Net Debt, which excludes lease liabilities and is the Group’s preferred net debt 
measure is also shown below. 

2020

Cash and cash equivalents

Interest-bearing term loan

Working capital facilities

Lease liabilities

Total net (debt)/cash

Capitalised finance costs

1 August 2019 
£’000

Net cash flows 
£’000

Non-cash 
movements 
£’000

31 July 2020 
£’000

 19,173 

 (15,000)

 15,623 

 7,500 

 (29,119)

 28,968 

 (10,624)

 2,201 

 (35,570)

 54,292

 124 

 223 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 687 

 687 

(151)

 536

 34,796 

 (7,500)

 (151)

 (7,736)

 19,409 

 196 

 19,605 

 7,736 

 27,341

Total net debt after capitalised finance costs

(35,446)

 54,515

Excluding lease liabilities

 10,624 

Adjusted total net (debt)/cash excluding lease liabilities

 (24,822)

 (2,201)

 52,314 

 (687) 

 (151)

2019

Cash and cash equivalents

Interest-bearing term loan

Working capital facilities

Total net debt

Capitalised finance costs

1 August 2018 
£’000

Net cash flows 
£’000

 9,758 

 9,415 

 (15,000)

 (35,859)

 (41,101)

 – 

 6,740 

 16,155 

 227 

 – 

Total net debt after capitalised finance costs

 (40,874)

 16,155 

Excluding lease liabilities

 – 

 – 

Non-cash 
movements 
£’000

31 July 2019 
£’000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (103)

 (103)

 – 

 19,173 

 (15,000)

 (29,119)

 (24,946)

 124 

 (24,822)

 – 

Adjusted total net (debt)/cash excluding lease liabilities

 (40,874)

 16,155 

 (103)

 (24,822)

28  Contingent Liabilities
We continue our cooperation with the United States Department of Justice and in 2020 have incurred £1.4m 
(2019: £3.4m) in advisory fees on this matter. The Group is not currently in a position to know what the outcome 
of these enquiries may be and therefore we are unable to quantify the likely outcome for the Group. 

29  Events After The Reporting Date
On 27 October 2020, the Group repaid its Revolving Credit Facility in full and cancelled the facility.

Subsequent to the year end, NWKI Consultancy FZ LLC was placed into liquidation.

G

a

t

t

a

c

a

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0

Gattaca plc
1450 Parkway  
Solent Business Park  
Whiteley, Fareham 
Hampshire 
PO15 7AF

T:  01489 898989 
E: 
W:  www.gattacaplc.com

info@gattacaplc.com